TB Cable Tray

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 275

Features & Benefits

Features & Benefits The Thomas & Betts Advantage Unique Design Points
I Beam
Siderail

Snap-in
Splice Plates

Alternating
Rungs

Continuous
Open Slot

Maximum

Snap-in

Alternating

Rungs have

structural

aluminum splice

rungs for

continuous

strength.

plates for easy

top & bottom

open slot to

installation.

accessory

accept standard

installation.

strut pipe
clamps, and

gives complete

T&B Cable Tray

barrier strip
adjustability.

Aluminum

G2

Aluminum

Aluminum
& Steel

Aluminum
& Steel

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Features & Benefits

Features & Benefits The Thomas & Betts Advantage Unique Design Points
Ty-Rap Cable
Tie Slots

Added
Support

Extra Wide
Rung Design

Adjustable
Barrier Strips

Exclusive

Aluminum and

Extra wide rung

Barrier strips

Ty-Rap cable

Steel Solid

design for

are fully

tie slots on 1"

bottoms are

maximum cable

adjustable.

centers on all

constructed

bearing surface.

Ladder

with a flat sheet

bottoms.

for added cable

Secures cables

protection.

G
T&B Cable Tray

without kinks
and keeps
72"

cables uniform.

144"

Aluminum
& Steel

Aluminum
& Steel

Aluminum
& Steel

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
& Steel

G3

Features & Benefits

Features & Benefits The Thomas & Betts Advantage The Complete Line

Complete Line of Aluminum Cable Tray, Fittings and Accessories


Ladder
Ventilated
Solid
6", 9", 12", 18", 24", 30", 36", 42" wide

T&B Cable Tray

Complete Line of Steel Cable Tray, Fittings and Accessories


Ladder
Ventilated
Solid
6", 9", 12", 18", 24", 30", 36", 42'' wide

Pre-galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized
Stainless Steel
Types 304 and 316

G4

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Features & Benefits

Features & Benefits The Thomas & Betts Advantage The Complete Line

One-Piece Light Duty Ventilated and Solid Cable Tray


for commercial applications

G
T&B Cable Tray

Complete Line of Fittings

Accessories
Cable Channel and
Accessories

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G5

Features & Benefits

Technical Information Benefits of Cable Tray

T&B Cable Tray

G6

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Glossary of Terms


Accessories

Devices which are used to supplement the function of straight sections and fittings, and
include such items as dropouts, covers, conduit adapters, hold-down devices and dividers.

Cable Tray Connector A device which joins cable tray straight sections or fittings, or both.
The basic types of connectors are:
1. Rigid
2. Expansion
3. Adjustable
4. Reducer
A device which is used to change the direction or size of a cable tray system.

Cable Support

A device which provides adequate means for supporting cable tray sections or fittings, or both
The basic types of cable tray supports are:
1. Cantilever bracket
2. Trapeze
3. Individual and suspension

Channel Cable Tray

A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a one-piece ventilated bottom or solid bottom


channel section, or both, not exceeding 6 inches in width.

Ladder Cable Tray

A prefabricated metal structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails connected by individual
transverse members.

Solid Bottom
Cable Tray

A prefabricated metal structure consisting of a bottom with no openings within integral or


separate longitudinal side rails.

Trough Cable Tray

A prefabricated metal structure greater than 4 inches in width consisting of a ventilated bottom
within integral or separate longitudinal side rails.

Horizontal Cross

A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays in four directions at 90-degree
intervals in the same plane.

Horizontal Bend

A cable tray fitting which changes the direction in the same plane.

Horizontal Tee

A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays in three directions at 90-degree
intervals in the same plane.

Metallic Cable
Tray System

An assembly of cable tray straight section, fitting, and accessories that forms a rigid structural
system to support cables.

Reducer

A cable tray fitting which is suitable for joining cable trays of different widths in the same plane.
A straight reducer has two symmetrical offset sides.
A right-hand reducer, when viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the right.
A left-hand reducer, when viewed from the large end, has a straight side on the left.

Straight Section

A length of cable tray which has no change in direction or size.

Ventilated Bottom

A cable tray bottom having openings sufficient for the passage of air and utilizing 60 percent
or less of the plan area of the surface to support cables.

Vertical Bend

A cable tray fitting which changes direction to a different plane.


An inside vertical elbow changes direction upward from the horizontal plane.
An outside vertical elbow changes direction downward from the horizontal plane.

All Products NEMA Standard

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G7

G
T&B Cable Tray

Cable Tray Fitting

Technical Information

Technical Information System Design

A
M

B
D

F
E

T&B Cable Tray

G
L
J
K

I
H

Sample Plant Layout


A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O

G8

Vertical Tee Up/Down


Horizontal Cross
Barrier Strip
90 Vertical Outside Bend
45 Horizontal Bend
45 Vertical Outside Bend
Solid Flanged Cover
Box Connector
Ladder Tray
Horizontal Tee
Splice Plate
Reducer
Cable Channel
Cable Channel 90 Vertical Outside Bend
45 Vertical Inside Bend

APPLICATIONS
COMMERCIAL
INDUSTRIAL
Schools
Petro-Chemical Plants
Hospitals
Automotive Plants
Office Buildings
Paper Plants
Airports
Food Processing
Casinos
Power Plants
Stadiums
Refineries
Manufacturing
Mining

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Benefits of Cable Tray


THE BENEFITS OF CABLE TRAY
Cable tray wiring systems offer significant advantages over conduit pipe and other wiring systems. Cable tray is
less expensive, more reliable, more adaptable to changing needs and easier to maintain. In addition, its design
does not contribute to potential safety problems associated with other wiring systems.
An evaluation of the costs and benefits of various wiring systems should be done in the design phase.
Unfortunately, many engineers who are unfamiliar with wiring systems avoid the system selection process or
defer it until constructionoften resulting in higher costs, scheduling delays and a system that will not meet
future needs.
Selection of a wiring system that is not the most suitable for a particular application in terms of cost, potential
corrosion and electrical considerations can lead to numerous problems, including excessive initial cost, poor
design, faulty installation, extra maintenance, future power outages and unnecessary safety concerns.

Extensive experience has shown that the initial cost of a cable tray installation (including conductor, material
and installation labor costs) may be as much as 60% less than a comparable conduit wiring system.
Cable tray systems, including trays, supports, fittings and other materials, are generally much less expensive
than conduit wiring systems. In addition, major cost savings are generated by the relative ease of installation.
Labor costs of installing a cable tray system can run up to 50 percent less. Total cost savings will vary with the
complexity and size of the installation.
Direct cost savings are easy to calculate during the design phase of an installation, but the enormous
advantages of cable tray may accrue only over time. The systems reliability, adaptability, ease of maintenance
and inherent safety features result in many other types of cost savings, including:
lower engineering and maintenance costs
less need to reconfigure system as needs change
less down time for electrical and data handling systems
fewer environmental problems resulting from loss of power to essential equipment.

Reliability
Cable tray systems offer unsurpassed reliability, resulting in less need for maintenance and less down time
important considerations for all installations but especially for such industries as data communications and
financial services.
In addition, since cable tray is not a closed system, moisture build up problems are eliminated and damage to
cable insulation during installation is also greatly reduced.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G9

T&B Cable Tray

Cost

Technical Information

Technical Information Benefits of Cable Tray


Adaptability
A major advantage of cable tray systems derives from their adaptability to new needs and technology. The pace
of change in the economy, constantly shifting competitive pressures and rapid introduction of innovative
technologies are all accelerating. More than ever before, businesses must be prepared to quickly expand
facilities, change products or introduce new processes. The flexibility of the wiring system is a key
consideration.
Modifying a cable tray system or adding cables to meet new needs is relatively easy because cables can enter
or exit a tray at any point. And initial design considerations can build-in extra capacity as part of the planning
process. Cable trays inherent adaptability allows rewiring for future expansion, building redesign or new
technologies without disruption or need to replace the entire wiring system.

Maintenance
Cable tray wiring systems require less maintenance than conduit systems. When maintenance is necessary, it
is easier, less time-consuming and less labor intensive.

T&B Cable Tray

The physical condition and status of both the cable tray and the tray cables can be inspected visually,
something that is not possible with conduit systems. In addition, it is also easy to see if there is sufficient
capacity in the trays for additional cables. As was noted above, changing or adding cables can also be
accomplished without difficulty.
Another comparative benefit of cable tray systems is that they do not act as channels of moisture paths, as
conduit wiring systems do. Conduit systems tend to collect condensation resulting from changes in temperature
and then channel the moisture to electrical equipment, where it can lead to corrosion and failure.
Cable tray and tray cable are also less susceptible to fire loss than conduit. An external fire usually results in
damage to only a few feet of a cable tray system, while wire insulation inside a conduit suffers significant
damage and thermoplastic insulation may actually fuse to the conduit.

Safety
Cable tray wiring systems lack the inherent safety concerns of conduit systems.
By its nature, a conduit wiring system can serve as a flow-through for corrosive, explosive and toxic gases in
the same way that it channels moisture.
The conduit installation process can also present a safety issue for electricians. The process requires that a
conduit system be installed from one enclosure to another before pulling in the conductors, leaving the
electricians exposed to any live, energized equipment that may be in the enclosures. In contrast, installers can
pull tray cables from near one termination enclosure to the next before they are inserted into the enclosures
and then terminated.
Finally, in installations where cable tray can be used as the equipment grounding conductor (per NEC
standards), it is easy to visually check the system components as well as conduct checks for electrical continuity.

G10

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


CABLE TRAY SELECTION PROCESS
A number of basic decisions must be made before a cable tray system can be specified. T&B has developed a
simple six-step process to guide you in the process:
1.

Select Material and Finish

2.

Select the Tray Load Class

3.

Select the Tray Type

4.

Select the Tray Size

5.

Select the Fittings

6.

Consider Deflection

Each step is described in detail below. For many applications, however, you may also have to take the following

into account:

Corrosion resistance of the material is one of the most important selection criteria. Cable tray materials may
not respond the same way in different environments. Chemicals or combinations of chemicals have corrosion
effects on some materials that can be compounded by temperature or even the speed at which the corrosive
elements contact the cable tray. For example, some grades of stainless steel may be resistant to salt water
at high flow rates (perfect for heat exchangers), while exhibiting some corrosion pitting in standing salt water.
Only the designer can quantify the various elements that affect the corrosion resistance of the cable tray
system in a specific application. While T&B can provide guidance, the designer is responsible for the final
selection. For more information, see Corrosion section.
Galvanic effect can cause corrosion even if the cable tray material is resistant to its chemical environment.
Dissimilar metals in contact (e.g., aluminum tray on steel supports or bare copper bonding conductor in
aluminum tray) in the presence of an electrolyte are susceptible to galvanic effect. If there is a hazard of
galvanic corrosion, it may be possible to isolate the tray system from other metals instead of using a more
expensive type of tray that would resist corrosion in a given application.
Melting point and flammability rating are primarily concerns for non-metallic tray. Local building codes may
restrict the use of a given product if certain performance levels are not met. Check with the appropriate
inspection authorities before specifying the product.
Relative cost varies dramatically, including material costs that float with the commodity index. For example,
stainless steel prices may vary significantly according to daily changes in the nickel index. Tray-Pro
software simplifies the task of cost comparison by generating multiple bills for different materials.
Thermal expansion must also be taken into account on a long cable run, especially in areas where
temperature variation is extreme. Expansion connectors may be required if the temperature differential is
25F or greater. Refer to Tables 1 and 2 for expansion plate spacing and gap settings. Two bonding jumpers
are required for every pair of splice plates for grounding continuity.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G11

T&B Cable Tray

Weight of the installation, which affects the cost of the support structure and the ease of installation.

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


SELECTION STEPS

1.

Select Material and Finish

The most suitable material and finish for your application will depend on cost, the potential for corrosion, and
electrical considerations. T&B offers cable tray systems fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel, stainless
steel and aluminum alloys along with corrosion-resistant finishes, including zinc, PVC and epoxy. Special
paint is also available. For more information on material and finish, see the Material Descriptions section,
page 18.

2.

Select the Tray Class

T&B Cable Tray

NEMA standard VE-1 defines


12 load classes. (See Figure
1.0.). The classes are
designated by a number (8,
12, 16, and 20), specifying
maximum span in feet and a
letter (A, B, and C),
specifying the maximum load
(A = 50 lbs./ft., B = 75 lbs./ft.,
and C = 100 lbs./ft.). The
load rating must include the
weight of the cables plus any
applicable wind or snow
loads. The load capacity
available for cable is therefore
reduced for outdoor
applications.

NEMA LOAD/SPAN DESIGNATIONS


Class Designation

Support Span
(Feet)

Working Load
(lbs./linear foot)

8A
8B
8C

8
8
8

50
75
100

12A
12B
12C

12
12
12

50
75
100

16A
16B
16C

16
16
16

50
75
100

20A
20B
20C

20
20
20

50
75
100

For more detailed load information see pages


42-47, listed with respective T&B Cable Trays in this catalog.
Costs vary between
different load classes. Since
labor and coupling costs
are similar for a given
length of tray, the heavier
classes are more costeffective on a
load length basis. The

G12

Figure 1.0

CSA STANDARD LOAD CLASSES


Design load at varying support spacings in kg/meter
Class 1.5M
2.0M
2.5M
3.0M
4.0M
5.0M
6.0M
A

99

62

45

37

N/A

N/A

N/A

C1

259

164

D1

N/A

N/A

119

97

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

179

113

82

67

N/A

N/A

N/A

299

189

137

112

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


designer should therefore specify the lightest class of tray compatible with the weight requirements of the
cable tray.
Tray-Pro software provides quick and easy cost comparison of different tray series by generating multiple
bills of material.

3.

Select the Tray Type

Cable tray is available with three styles of bottom:


Ladder Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal siderails connected by
individual transverse members.

Ventilated Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure consisting of a ventilated bottom within integral or
separate longitudinal siderails, with no openings exceeding 4 in. in a longitudinal direction.

Ladder tray is most often used because of its cost-effectiveness. The designer has a choice of four nominal
rung spacings: 6, 9, 12, and 18 inches. The greatest rung spacing compatible with an adequate cable bearing
surface area should be selected. Heavy power cables often require greater cable bearing area due to the
possibility of creep in the jacket material of the cable. If this is a concern, consult the cable manufacturer.
This condition may require the use of ventilated tray, which also offers additional mechanical protection for the
cables.
Local building codes may require totally enclosed cable tray systems under certain conditions. The designer
should verify these before specifying the type of tray to be used.
Electromagnetic shielded tray may be used in areas where control or data cables need to be protected from
RFI interference. For more information, see the Electromagnetic Shielded section of this manual.

4.

Select the Tray Size

The width or height of a cable tray is a function of the number, size, spacing and weight of the cables in the
tray. Available nominal widths are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36 and 42 inches.
When specifying width, it is important to remember that the load rating does not change as the width
increases. Even with six times the volume, a 36 in. wide tray cannot hold any more weight than a 6 in. wide
tray. If the load rating of the tray permits, cable can be piled deeper in the tray. Most tray classes are
available in a nominal 3d, 4, 5, 6 and 7 inch height. Cable ties or other spacing devices may be used to
maintain the required air space between cables.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G13

T&B Cable Tray

Solid Bottom Cable Tray is a prefabricated structure without openings in the bottom.

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


5.

Select the Fittings

Fittings are used to change the size or direction of the cable tray. The most important decision to be made in
fitting design concerns radius. The radius of the bend, whether horizontal or vertical, can be 12, 24, 36 or 48
in., or even greater on a custom basis. The selection requires a compromise with the considerations being
available space, minimum bending radius of cables, ease of cable pulling, and cost. The typical radius is 24 in.
Fittings are also available for 30, 45, 60, and 90 angles. When a standard angle will not work, field fittings
or adjustable elbows can be used. It may be necessary to add supports to the tray at these points. See
Fitting Support diagrams on page G17.
6.

Consider Deflection

Deflection of the cable tray affects the appearance of an installation, but it is not a structural issue. In the

G
T&B Cable Tray

case of non-metallic cable tray, deflection may be affected by elevated temperatures.


NEMA Load Test. The NEMA load test is a simple beam, uniformly distributed load test. (See Figure 1.2.)
This type of test was initially selected because:
It was easiest to test.
It represents the worst case beam condition compared to continuous or fixed configurations. When consulting
the manufacturers catalog for deflection information, the designer must verify whether the data shown
represents simple or continuous beam deflection. If continuous beam deflection is shown, the calculation
factor should be given.
NEMA has one criterion for acceptance under their load test: the ability to support 150% of the rated load.

NEMA LOAD TEST


Test Load = 1.5 x rated load x length

Deflection
Measurements

Figure 1.2

G14

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


Simple vs. Continuous Beam Deflection. (See Figure 1.3.) Theoretical maximum deflection for a simple
beam, uniformly distributed load may be calculated as:
.0130

w L4
EI

Where:

w = Load in lbs./ft.
L = Length in inches
E = Modulus of Elasticity
I = Moment of Inertia

The maximum deflection calculation for a continuous beam of two spans with a uniformly distributed load is:
.00541 w L4

EI

beam deflection. As the number of spans increases, the beam behaves increasingly like a fixed beam, and
the maximum deflection continues to decrease. As this occurs, the systems load carrying capability
increases.

SIMPLE VERSUS CONTINUOUS BEAM DEFLECTION


Simple Beam
Uniformly Distributed Load

Maximum Deflection
.0130 wL4
EI

Continuous Beam Two Spans


Uniformly Distributed Load

Maximum Deflection
.00541 wL4
EI

Figure 1.3

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G15

T&B Cable Tray

A continuous beam of two spans therefore has a theoretical maximum deflection of only 42% of its simple

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


Since different bending moments are created in each span, there is no simple factor to approximate deflection
as the number of spans increases. It is possible to calculate these deflections at any given point by using
second integration of the basic differential equation for beams. Testing shows that the center span of a threetray continuous beam can deflect less than 10% of its simple beam deflection.

LOCATION OF COUPLINGS

Couplers at Supports

T&B Cable Tray

23 mm

12 mm

23 mm

Typical Deflection at Rated Load

Couplers at b Span From Supports

23 mm

3 mm

23 mm

Typical Deflection at Rated Load

Figure 1.4

Location of Couplers. (See Figure 1.4.) The location of the coupler dramatically affects the deflection of a cable
tray system under equal loading conditions. Testing indicates that the maximum deflection of the center span of a
three-span cable tray run can increase four times if the couplers are moved from one-quarter span to above the
supports. This can be a major concern for designers considering modular systems for tray and pipe racks.

G16

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Cable Tray Selection Process


SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR FITTINGS

G
T&B Cable Tray

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G17

Technical Information

Technical Information Materials


Materials
Most cable tray systems are fabricated from a corrosion-resistant metal (low-carbon steel, stainless steel or an
aluminum alloy) or from a metal with a corrosion-resistant finish (zinc, PVC or epoxy). The choice of material for any
particular installation depends on the installation environment (corrosion and electrical considerations) and cost.

Aluminum
Cable trays fabricated of extruded aluminum are often used for their high strength-to-weight ratio, superior
resistance to certain corrosive environments, and ease of installation. They also offer the advantages of being
light weight (approximately 50% that of a steel tray) and maintenance free, and since aluminum cable trays are
non-magnetic, electrical losses are reduced to a minimum.

G
T&B Cable Tray

T&B cable tray products are formed from the 6063 series alloys which by design are copper free alloys for
marine applications. These alloys contain silicon and magnesium in appropriate proportions to form magnesium
silicide, allowing them to be heat treated. These magnesium silicon alloys possess good formability and
structural properties, as well as excellent corrosion resistance.
The unusual resistance to corrosion, including weathering, exhibited by aluminum is due to the self-healing
aluminum oxide film that protects the surface. Aluminums resistance to chemicals in the application
environment should be tested before installation.

Steel
T&B steel cable trays are fabricated from structural quality steels using a continuous roll-formed process.
Forming and extrusions increase the mechanical strength.
The main benefits of steel cable tray are its high strength and low cost. Disadvantages include high weight, low
electrical conductivity and relatively poor corrosion resistance.
The rate of corrosion will vary depending on many factors such as the environment, coating or protection applied and
the composition of the steel. T&B offers finishes and coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of steel. These
include pre-galvanized, hot dip galvanized (after fabrication), PVC (polyvinyl chloride), epoxy and special paints.

Stainless Steel
Stainless steel offers high yield strength and high creep strength, at high ambient temperatures.
T&B stainless steel cable tray is roll-formed from AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316 stainless steel. Both are not
magnetic and possess high strength when cold rolled or formed.

G18

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Materials


Type 304 is resistant to dyestuffs, organic chemicals, and inorganic chemicals at elevated temperatures. Higher
levels of chromium and nickel and a reduced level of carbon serve to increase corrosion resistance and
facilitate welding. Type 316 includes molybdenum to increase high temperature strength and improve corrosion
resistance, especially to chloride and sulfuric acid. Carbon content is reduced to facilitate welding.

FINISHES

Galvanized Coatings
The most widely used coating for cable tray is galvanizing. It is cost-effective, protects against a wide variety of

Steel is coated with zinc through electrolysis by dipping steel into a bath of zinc salts. A combination of
carbonates, hydroxides and zinc oxides forms a protective film to protect the zinc itself. Resistance to corrosion
is directly related to the thickness of the coating and the harshness of the environment. A maximum of .5 mils of
zinc can be metallically bonded to steel.

Pre-Galvanized
Pre-galvanized, also known as mill-galvanized or hot dip mill-galvanized, is produced in a rolling mill by passing
steel coils through molten zinc. These coils are then slit to size and fabricated.
Areas not normally coated during fabrication, such as cuts and welds, are protected by neighboring zinc, which
works as a sacrificial anode. During welding, a small area directly affected by heat is also left bare, but the
same self-healing process occurs.
G90 requires a coating of .90 ounces of zinc per square foot of steel, or .32 ounces per square foot on each
side of the metal sheet. In accordance with A653/A653M-98, pre-galvanized steel is not generally
recommended for outdoor use or in industrial environments.

Hot-Dip Galvanized
After the steel cable tray has been manufactured and assembled, the entire tray is immersed in a bath of
molten zinc, resulting in a coating of all surfaces, as well as all edges, holes and welds.
Coating thickness is determined by the length of time each part is immersed in the bath and the speed of
removal. Hot dip galvanizing after fabrication creates a much thicker coating than the pre-galvanized process, a
minimum of 3.0 ounces per square foot of steel or 1.50 ounces per square foot on each side of the sheet.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G19

T&B Cable Tray

environmental chemicals, and is self-healing if an area becomes unprotected through cuts or scratches.

Technical Information

Technical Information Materials


The process is recommended for cable tray used in most outdoor environments and many harsh industrial
environment applications.

PVC Coating
T&B offers steel or aluminum cable trays with a PVC (polyvinyl chloride) coating, especially designed for
special corrosion environments. PVC coatings provide effective protection against most alkalies, edible oils,
inorganic acids and mineral acids up to 150 F, but lack resistance to many solvents. PVC was applied to steel
cable tray well before the availability of aluminum and stainless steel materials. Therefore, PVC had become
less prevalent.
The process requires that all parts be thoroughly cleaned, primed with vinyl, and preheated before immersion in

a fluidized bath of vinyl plastic powder. The powder melts onto the heated surface and forms a smooth, uniform

T&B Cable Tray

coat, with the thickness determined by the temperature of the metal and how long it is immersed.
Unlike zinc coatings, the thickness of the PVC coating does not determine how long it will last. That is a
function of the chemistry of polyvinyl chloride. T&Bs PVC-coated cable trays have a coating of 15 mils (plus or
minus 5 mils).
A disadvantage of PVC coating is that a lack of integrity of any size can severely reduce its corrosion
resistance. Scanning with a high-frequency volt spark is recommended and all cuts, pinholes or any other forms
of discontinuity must be repaired with a liquid PVC patch.

Other Coatings
Enamel and epoxy coatings are available on request.

G20

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Corrosion


CORROSION
Corrosion of metal occurs naturally when the metal is exposed to chemical or electrochemical attack. The
atoms on the exposed surface of the metal come into contact with a substance, leading to deterioration of the
metal through a chemical or electrochemical reaction. The corroding medium can be a liquid, gas or solid.
Although all metals are susceptible to corrosion, they corrode in different ways and at various speeds. Pure
aluminum, bronze, brass, most stainless steels and zinc corrode relatively slowly, but some aluminum alloys,
structural grades of iron and steel and the 400 series of stainless steels corrode quickly unless protected.
Various types of metal corrosion are categorized by its appearance or the method of acceleration:
Chemical corrosion occurs through dissolution of the metal by reaction with a corrosive medium.

Electrochemical corrosion involves chemical dissolution.

T&B Cable Tray

Galvanic corrosion is accelerated by a difference in potential between metals that are in contact.
Pitting corrosion is accelerated by a difference in the concentration of an ion or another dissolved
substance.
Crevice corrosion is accelerated by oxygen concentration or ion cell formation.
Erosion corrosion is accelerated by a flow of liquid or gas.
Intergranular corrosion occurs at grain (or crystal) boundaries.

Electrochemical Corrosion
Electrochemical corrosion is caused by an electrical current flow between two dissimilar metals, or if a
difference of potential exists, between two areas of the same metal surface.
The energy flow occurs only in the presence of an electrolyte, a moist conductor that contains ions, which carry
an electric charge. Solutions of acids, alkalies, and salts contain ions, making waterespecially salt wateran
excellent electrolyte.

COMMON TYPES OF CORROSION

Galvanic Corrosion
Galvanic corrosion results from the electrochemical reaction that occurs in the presence of an electrolyte when
two dissimilar metals are in contact. The strength of the reactionand the extent of the corrosiondepend on
a number of factors, including the conductivity of the electrolyte and potential difference of the metals.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G21

Technical Information

Technical Information Corrosion


The metal with less resistance becomes anodic and more subject to corrosion, while the more resistant
becomes cathodic.
The Galvanic Series Table, developed through laboratory tests on industrial metal alloys in sea water (a
powerful electrolyte), list metals according to their relative resistance to galvanic corrosion. Those less resistant
to galvanic corrosion (anodic) are at the top, and those more resistant (cathodic) are at the bottom.
The metals grouped together are subject to only slight galvanic effect when in contact, and metals at the top
will suffer galvanic corrosion when in contact with metals at the bottom (in the presence of an electrolyte). The
farther apart two metals are on the table, the greater the potential corrosion.

G
T&B Cable Tray

GALVANIC SERIES TABLE

Anodic End
Magnesium
Magnesium alloys

Type 304 stainless steel (active)


Type 316 stainless steel (active)

Zinc
Galvanized steel
Naval brass (C46400)
Aluminum 5052H
Aluminum 3004
Aluminum 3003
Aluminum 1100
Aluminum 6053
Alclad aluminum alloys
Aluminum bronze (C61400)
Cadmium
Copper (C11000)
Aluminum 2017
Aluminum 2024

Lead
Tin
Muntz metal (C28000)
Manganese bronze (C67500)
Nickel (active)
Inconel (active)
Cartridge brass (C26000)
Admiralty metal (C44300)
Red brass (C23000)

Low-carbon steel
Wrought iron
Cast iron
Monel
Ni-resist
Type 304 stainless steel (passive)
Type 410 stainless steel (passive)
Type 316 stainless steel (active)
50Pb-50Sn solder
Silver

G22

Silicon bronze (C 65100)


Copper nickel, 30% (C71500)
Nickel (passive)
Inconel (passive)
Gold
Platinum

Cathodic End

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Corrosion


Pitting
Pitting corrosion is localized and is identified by a cavity with a depth equal to or greater than the cavitys
surface diameter. Pits may have different sizes and depths and most often appear randomly distributed.
Aluminum and stainless steels in chloride environments are especially susceptible to pitting.
Pitting begins when surface defects, foreign particles or other variations in the metal lead to fixation of anodic
(corroded) and cathodic (protected) sites on the metal surface. Acidic metal chlorides, which form and
accumulate in the pit as a result of anodes attracting chloride ions, accelerate the pitting process over time. The
nature of pitting often makes it difficult to estimate the amount of damage.

Crevice Corrosion

Crevice corrosion is a specialized form of pitting that particularly attacks metals or alloys protected by oxide

T&B Cable Tray

films or passive layers. It results from a relative lack of oxygen in a crevice, with the metal in the crevice
becoming anodic to the metal outside. For the crevice to corrode, it must be large enough to admit the
electrolyte, but small enough to suffer oxygen depletion.

Erosion Corrosion
While erosion is a purely mechanical process, erosion corrosion combines mechanical erosion with chemical or
electrochemical reaction. The process is accelerated by the generally rapid flow of liquid or gas over an eroded
metal surface, removing dissolved ions and solid particles. As a result, the metal surface develops grooves,
gullies, waves, rounded holes and valleys.
Erosion corrosion can damage most metals, especially soft ones like aluminum that are susceptible to
mechanical wear, and those that depend for protection on a passive surface film, which can be eroded.
Resulting damage can also be enhanced by particles or gas bubbles in a suspended state.

Intergranular Corrosion
Intergranular corrosion occurs between the crystals (or grains) that formed when the metal solidified. The
composition of the areas between the crystals differs from that of the crystals themselves, and these boundary
areas can become subject to intergranular corrosion. Weld areas of austenitic stainless steels are often
affected by this form of corrosion, and the heat-treatable aluminum alloys are also susceptible.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G23

Technical Information

Technical Information Types of Corrosion


CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE
The following table has been compiled as a guide for selecting appropriate cable trays for various industrial
environments. The information can only be used as a guide because corrosion processes are dictated by the
unique circumstances of any particular assembly.
Corrosion is significantly effected by trace impurities which, at times, can become concentrated through wet/dry
cycles in locations that are prone to condensation and evaporation. It is not uncommon to find aggressive
mists created from contaminant species, notably from sulfur or halogen sources.
Temperature greatly influences corrosion, sometimes increasing the rate of metal loss, [a rule-of- thumb guide
is that a 30C change in temperature results in a 10X change in corrosion rate]. Sometimes corrosion attack
slows down at higher temperatures because oxygen levels in aqueous solutions are lowered as temperatures

increase. If an environment completely dries out then there can be no corrosion.

T&B Cable Tray

Stress-associated corrosion might occur when assemblies are poorly installed and/or fabricated, e.g., on-site
welding or mechanical fastening. Premature failure can result from: corrosion fatigue, which can occur in any
environment; stress corrosion cracking, which occurs in the presence of a specific chemical when the metal is
under a tensile stress, which may be residual or applied, (e.g., from poor fabrication or welding); fretting, where
two adjacent surfaces (under load) are subjected to an oscillatory motion across the mating surfaces.
Design - good design should minimize the risk of stress concentrations within a structure. Examples include
sharp profiles, abrupt section changes, and threaded screws. These measures are particularly important for
metals that are prone to stress corrosion cracking in specific media.
Design plays a significant role in exacerbating corrosion. Non-draining locations create liquid traps; local metalto-metal (or metal-to-non-metal) contact points (e.g., mechanical assemblies (bolts) with washers or spacers),
permit crevice corrosion and/or galvanic corrosion to occur. Areas that are poorly maintained, (e.g., surfaces
are not regularly (or properly) washed and stubborn deposits remain on the metal surface), are particularly
prone to localized corrosion damage due to different levels of oxygen under and adjacent to the location in
question (differential aeration). Resulting damage from these situations is in the form of small holes (pits). In
each of the examples just quoted there is a restricted supply of oxygen. Thus, metals (e.g., aluminum,
stainless steels, zinc) that rely on oxygen to form protective corrosion films (oxides, hydroxides, carbonates,
etc.,) may be prone to localized pitting and/or crevice corrosion.
A further example of localized corrosion occurs when dissimilar metals contact each other in the presence of a
corrodent, i.e., galvanic corrosion. Each metal will corrode but the one that is most active [anode] can be more
corroded especially when there is a large surrounding area of the less active [cathodic] metal. It is wise to
avoid small anodic areas. Some examples include: steel bolts [small area of anodic metal] in stainless steel
plate, [large area of cathodic metal]; steel bolts in copper plate - the steel corrodes). There can be

G24

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Types of Corrosion


environmental influences, for example a fluid that contains active metallic species, for example copper ion
contact with aluminum (copper picked up from aqueous solutions conveyed in copper pipe) - the aluminum
corrodes. A further dramatic example is provided when trace quantities of mercury contact aluminum - the
aluminum corrodes very rapidly. These are examples of deposit corrosion.

KEY TO SYMBOLS IN TABLE


The following symbols have been used throughout the TABLE in order to provide an indication about the
suitability of a potential candidate material for a specific chemical environment.

NOTE: These tables should be regarded only as GUIDES to anticipated performance because of possible

T&B Cable Tray

contributions from temperature, pollutant (contaminant) species, etc.. Further details have been given
elsewhere.

SYMBOLS:
++

first choice; very low corrosion rate, typically <5 mpy, or <0.005 inch/year, (1 mil = 1/1000 inch).

good choice; low corrosion rate, typically <20 mpy, or <0.02 ipy.

can use; corrosion rate up to 50 mpy (0.05 ipy); some limitations may apply.

not recommended.

(-)

brackets indicate probable limitations, e.g., at higher temperatures, [symbol T]; at higher
concentrations, [symbol C]; due to pitting, [symbol P]; due to local grain boundary attack in the
metal - intergranular corrosion, [symbol I]; or, due to stress corrosion cracking, [symbol S].

nd

no available data.

Wherever there is an uncertainty about choice you are advised to undertake site and/or laboratory tests in
order to determine the most suitable material for the application. Inquiries can also be made through
THOMAS & BETTS - Technical staff.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G25

Technical Information

Technical Information Types of Corrosion


CHEMICAL SPECIES

T&B Cable Tray

G26

Aluminum

Zinc/steel

304SS

316SS

Acetaldehyde
Acetic acid - aerated
Acetic acid - not aerated
Acetone
Acetylene

++
(+)T,C
(+)T,C
++
++

+
X
X
++
nd

++
(++)T
(+)P
++
++

++
(++)T
(++)T
++
++

Allyl alcohol
Aluminum chloride - dry
Aluminum chloride - wet
Aluminum sulfate - satd.
Ammonia - anhydrous

+
+
X
X
++

nd
nd
X
nd
++

++
(+)T,P
X
(+)P
+

++
(+)T,P
(-)P
+
++

Ammonia - gas
Ammonium acetate
Ammonium bicarbonate
Ammonium carbonate - satd.
Ammonium chloride - 28%

+
+
X

+
nd
nd
X
X

(++)T
+
+
+
(-)P,S

(+)T
+
(+)T
+
(+)P,S

Ammonium
Ammonium
Ammonium
Ammonium
Ammonium

X
+
+
X
X

X
+
X
nd
-

X
(++)C
(++)S
++
(-)I,S

X
(++)C
(++)S
+
+

Amyl acetate
Asphalt
Beer
Benzene (benzol)
Benzoic acid

++
++
++
++
+

++
+
X
+
nd

++
(+)T
++
(+)P
+

++
+
++
(+)P
+

Benzol - see benzene


Boric acid (boracic acid)
Bromine - wet
Butadiene (butylene)
Butyl alcohol (butanol)

++
X
+
++

nd
X
+
++

(++)T,P
X
+
++

(++)T,P
X
+
++

Butyric acid
Cadmium sulfate
Calcium carbonate
Calcium chloride - satd.
Calcium hydroxide - satd.

+
+
+
X

X
nd
nd
X
nd

(+)T
+
++
(+)P,S
+

+
++
+
(+)S
+

Calcium hypochlorite - satd.


Carbon dioxide - wet
Carbon disulfide (bisulfide)
Carbon tetrachloride
Carbolic acid - see phenol

X
++
++
X

X
+
+
+

X
+
+
(++)P,S

(-)P
+
++
(++)P,S

chloride - 50%
hydroxide
nitrate
phosphate - 40%
sulfate - to 30%

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Types of Corrosion


CHEMICAL SPECIES

Zinc/steel

304SS

316SS

Carbonic acid - see carbon dioxide


Caustic potash - see potassium hydroxide
Caustic soda - see sodium hydroxide
Chlorine gas - wet
Chloroform

X
(+)dry

++
+

X
(+)T,S

(-)P,S
(+)T,S

Chromic acid
Citric acid - dilute
Copper chloride
Copper nitrate
Copper sulfate

+
(+)T,C
X
X
X

nd
X
X
nd
-

(+)P
(+)P
(-)P,S
++
(+)I

(+)P
(++)P
(-)P
++
+

+
++
+

+
++
++

++
++
+

+
++
++

(++)dry

++

Ethyl alcohol (ethanol)


Ethylene dichloride
Ethylene glycol (glycol)
Ferric chloride
Ferric nitrate - 10%

++
(-)dry
++
X
X

++
++
++
X
nd

+
(+)P,S
+
X
+

++
(+)P,S
++
X
+

Ferrous sulfate
Formaldehyde (methanal)
Fluorine gas - moist
Formalin - see formaldehyde
Formic acid (methanoic acid) - 10%

+
(+)P
X

nd
++
X

+
(++)T
X

(+)P
(++)T,C
X

(+)T

(+)T,C,I

(+)P,C

Cresol
Crude oil
Diethylamine
Dimethyl ketone - see acetone
Ethyl acetate

Furfural (furfuraldehyde)
Furol - see furfural
Gelatin
Glycerine (glycerol)
Hexamine - 80%

nd

++
++
++

+
++
nd

++
++
++

++
++
++

Hydrobromic acid
Hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid)
Hydrocyanic acid - dilute
Hydrocyanic acid - conc
Hydrofluoric acid

X
X
+
X
X

X
X
nd
nd
X

X
X
+
+
X

X
X
+
+
X

X
X
(-)T
++
(+)P

X
X
nd
nd
nd

(++)S
(+)T
+
+
(-)P,S

(++)S
+
+
+
(+)P,S

Hydrogen chloride gas - dry


Hydrogen chloride gas - wet
Hydrogen fluoride
Hydrogen peroxide - to 40%
Hydrogen sulfide - wet

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G
T&B Cable Tray

Aluminum

G27

Technical Information

Technical Information Types of Corrosion


CHEMICAL SPECIES

Aluminum

Zinc/steel

304SS

316SS

X
X
(+)T
++

X
X
nd
-

X
X
(+)P,I
++

X
X
(+)P,I
++

Lithium chloride - to 30%


Linseed oil
Magnesium chloride - 50%
Magnesium hydroxide
Magnesium sulfate

X
+
X
+
+

nd
nd
X
nd
X

+
++
(-)P,S
++
+

++
++
(+)P,S
++
+

Maleic acid (maleinic acid) - 20%


Methyl alcohol (methanol)
Methyl ethyl ketone
Milk
Molasses

+
++
+
++
+

nd
++
++
X
nd

(+)T
++
(+)T
++
++

+
++
+
++
++

Naptha
Natural fats
Nickel chloride
Nickel sulfate
Nitric acid

+
++
X
X
X

+
++
nd
nd
X

+
++
(+)P,S
+
++

+
++
(+)P,S
+
(++)I

(++)T
(+)T
+
+

nd
nd
X
nd
X

(++)T,P
X
X
++
(++)P

++
+
X
++
(++)P

+
X
X
++
X

+
X
X
nd
nd

(++)P
(++)T
(++)I
+
++

++
++
(++)I
+
++

X
X
(++)T
X
++

nd
X
X
nd
++

++
(++)P,S
++
(+)S
+

++
(++)P
++
(+)S
+

++
(+)T
++

++
X
++

++
(+)T
+

++
(+)T
++

nd

++

Hypo - see sodium thiosulfate


Hypochlorous acid
Iodine solution - satd.
Lactic acid
Latex

T&B Cable Tray

Oleic acid
Oxalic acid - dilute
Oxalic acid - saturated
Paraformaldehyde - to 30%
Perchloroethylene
Phenol (carbolic acid)
Phosphoric acid - dilute
Phosphoric acid - 50%
Picric acid
Potassium bicarbonate - 30%
Potassium
Potassium
Potassium
Potassium
Potassium

carbonate
chloride - to 25%
dichromate - 30%
hydroxide
nitrate

Potassium sulfate
Propionic acid (propanoic acid)
Propyl alcohol (propane)
Prussic acid - see hydrocyanic acid
Pyridine

G28

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Types of Corrosion


CHEMICAL SPECIES

Aluminum

Zinc/steel

304SS

316SS

bicarbonate - 20%
bisulfate
bisulfite
chloride - to 30%

+
+
X
X
X

nd
X
X
X

+
++
(+)P,I
(+)T,S
(+)P,S

+
++
(+)T
+
(+)P,S

Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

cyanide
hydroxide - 10-30%
hydroxide - 50%
hydroxide - conc
hypochlorite - conc

X
X
X
X
X

nd
X
X
X
+

(+)T,P
(+)S
(+)S
+
(-)P,S

(+)T
(+)S
(++)S
++
(-)P,S

Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

nitrate
peroxide - 10%
silicate
sulfate
sulfide - to 50%

++
+
++
(++)30%
X

X
nd
nd
X
nd

++
+
+
(++)S
(+)P

++
+
++
++
(+)T

+
(+)P
+
++
+

nd
++
nd
+
+

+
+
++
++
(+)I

++
++
++
++
++

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
(-)I
(+)I
+

(+)T
X
(-)I
(+)I
+

(+)T
++
(++)T
+

nd
++
+
++

++
++
(+)P
++

++
++
(+)P
++

X
+
+
++
++

+
+
nd
nd

(++)P
++
+
++
(++)P,S

(++)P
++
++
++
(++)P,S

Sodium thiosulfate
Steam
Stearic acid
Sorbital (hexahydric alcohol)
Sulfur dioxide - dry
Sulfur dioxide - wet
Sulfuric acid - to 80%
Sulfuric acid - 80-90%
Sulfuric acid - 98%
Tannic acid (tannin)
Tartaric acid - to 50%
Toluene (Toluol; methyl benzene)
Trichloroethylene
Turpentine
Water - acid, mine
Water - potable
Water - sea
Xylene
Zinc chloride - dilute

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G
T&B Cable Tray

Soaps
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

G29

Technical Information

Technical Information Thermal Expansion and Contraction


THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
A cable tray system may be affected by thermal expansion and contraction, which must be taken into account
during installation.
To determine the number of expansion splice plates you need, decide the length of the straight cable tray runs
and the total difference between the minimum winter and maximum summer temperatures.
To function properly, expansion splice plates require accurate gap settings between trays. To find the gap (see
Table 1):

Enter the lowest metal temperature on the minimum temperature line.


Enter the highest metal temperature on the maximum temperature line.
Draw a line between the two points.
Enter the metal temperature at the time of installation.

T&B Cable Tray

The support nearest the midpoint between expansion splice plates should be anchored, allowing the tray
longitudinal movement in both directions. All other support location should be secured by expansion guides.
(See Table 2.)

a.
b.

Locate the lowest metal temperature on low


temperature line.
Locate the highest metal temperature on
high temperature line.

c.

Connect these two points.

d.

Locate installation temperature and plot to


high/low line. Drop plot to gap setting.

MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN


EXPANSION JOINTS
(For 1" Movement)
Temperature
Differential (F)
25
50
75
100
125
150
175

Steel
(Feet)
512
256
171
128
102
85
73

Aluminum
(Feet)
260
130
87
65
52
43
37

Metal Temperature at time of installation (F)

When a cable tray system is used as an equipment grounding conductor, it is important to use bonding jumpers
at all expansion connections to keep the electrical circuit continuous. T&B offers both 600 amp and 2000 amp
bonding jumpers.
GAP SETTING OF EXPANSION SPLICE PLATE
(1" Gap Maximum)
High Temp.
Low Temp.
PLOT YOUR GAP SETTING
130

130

110

110

90

90

70

70

50

50

30

30

10

10

-10

-10

-30

-30
a

g
1

Gap Setting in Inches

Table 1

TYPICAL CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION


Expansion Splice Plates
(Bonding Jumpers required
on each side of tray)

Note: Every pair of expansion splice plates requires


two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity.

* Reprinted with permission from NEMA

G30

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Table 2

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


ELECTRICAL DESIGN

Sizing Cable Tray


The correct size cable tray for your application depends on the system voltage and the selected tray design.
To find the size you need, select Sizing Chart based on your application.

G
T&B Cable Tray

SIZING CHART A
LADDER / VENTILATED CABLE TROUGH
2000 Volts
Level One:

Multiconductor

4/0 or larger

Level Two:

Multiconductor

3/0 or smaller

Level Three:

Multiconductor

4/0 or larger with smaller cables

Level Four:

Multiconductor

Control / Lighting / Signal

SIZING CHART B
SOLID CABLE TROUGH
2000 Volts
Level One:

Multiconductor

4/0 or larger

Level Two:

Multiconductor

3/0 or smaller

Level Three:

Multiconductor

4/0 or larger with smaller cables

Level Four:

Multiconductor

Control / Lighting / Signal

Sizing Cable Tray 2001 Volts or over refer to NEC 318-12.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G31

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


Ventilated Channel Trays

Where ventilated channel cable trays contain multiconductor cables of any type, the combined cross
sectional area of all cables shall not exceed:
3" wide channel

1.3 sq. inches (839 sq. mm)

4" wide channel

2.5 sq. inches (1613 sq. mm)

6" wide channel

3.8 sq. inches (2452 sq. mm)

Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a ventilated channel tray the cross sectional area of the

G
T&B Cable Tray

cable tray shall not exceed:


3" wide channel

2.3 sq. inches (1484 sq. mm)

4" wide channel

4.5 sq. inches (2903 sq. mm)

6" wide channel

7.0 sq. inches (2516 sq. mm)

SIZING CHART A LEVEL ONE


LADDER / VENTILATED TROUGH
2000 Volts Power, Lighting, Control and Signal / Multi-conductor 4/0 or larger NEC 318-9 (a)(1)
No. Cables

Cable Size

Diameter

Calculation

Width (in.)

10

1C#250

0.716

(10) (0.716)

7.16

4C#350

2.50

(4) (2.50)

10.00

1C#1000

1.330

(4) (1.330)

5.32

minimum width 22.48


* spare capacity allowance 20% 4.49
design width 26.97
RECOMMEND: 30" wide Ladder or Ventilated.
Note: all cable must be installed in a single layer.
* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

G32

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


SIZING CHART A LEVEL TWO
LADDER / VENTILATED TROUGH
2000 Volts Power, Lighting, Control and Signal / Multi-conductor 3/0 or smaller NEC 318-9 (a)(2)
No. Cables

Cable Size

Cable Area

Calculation

Width (in.)

20

3C#1/0

1.27

(10) (1.27) .857

10

3C#3/0

1.79

4C#8

0.49

4C#2/0

1.99

(5) (1.99) .857

10.88

(5) (1.79) .857

7.67

(2) (0.49) .857

.84

8.53

minimum width 27.92


* spare capacity allowance 20% 5.58

design width 33.50

T&B Cable Tray

RECOMMEND: 36" wide Ladder or Ventilated.


* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

SIZING CHART A LEVEL THREE


LADDER / VENTILATED TROUGH
2000 Volts Power, Lighting, Control and Signal / Multi-conductor 4/0 or larger with cables smaller than 4/0 NEC 318-9
(a)(3)
No. Cables

Cable Size

Diameter

Calculation

Width (in.)

4C#500

2.59

(3) (2.54) (1.2)

9.32

3C#4/0

1.68

(3) (1.68) (1.2)

6.05

3C#250

1.80

(2) (1.80) (1.2)

8.64

4/0 and larger minimum width 24.01


Cable Area
3

4C#8

0.49

(3) (0.49) .857

1.26

3C#1/0

1.27

(2) (1.27) .857

2.18

3C#2/0

1.50

(2) (1.50) .857

2.57

3/0 and smaller minimum width 6.01


minimum tray width 30.02
* spare capacity allowance 20% 6.00
design width 36.02
RECOMMEND: 36" wide Ladder or Ventilated.
Note: 4/0 cable must be installed in a single layer.
* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G33

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


SIZING CHART A LEVEL FOUR
LADDER / VENTILATED TROUGH
2000 Volts Control and/or Signal / Multi-conductor Cable

NEC 318-9 (b)

No. Cables

Cable Size

Cable Area (in2)

Calculation

Required Area (in2)

80

12C#16

0.21

(2) (80) (0.21)

33.60

50

4C#12

0.14

(2) (50) (0.14)

14.00

27

4C#10

0.20

(2) (27) (0.20)

10.80

Total Area Required 58.40


Width Required = 58.40 (2) =

9.73

* spare capacity allowance 20% 1.95

design width 11.68

T&B Cable Tray

RECOMMEND: 12" wide Ladder or Ventilated.


(d) = Load depth of tray.
Calculations based on 6" deep tray.
* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

SIZING CHART B LEVEL ONE


SOLID CABLE TROUGH
2000 Volts Power, Control and Signal / Multi-conductor 4/0 or larger NEC 318-9 (c)(1)
No. Cables

Cable Size

Diameter

Calculation

Width (in.)

3C#4/0

1.68

(3 x 1.68 .90)

5.60

3C#350

2.04

(1 x 2.04 .90)

2.27

3C#500

2.32

(2 x 2.32 .90)

5.16

minimum width 13.03


* spare capacity allowance 20% 2.61
design width 15.64
RECOMMEND: 18" wide Solid Cable Trough.
Note: all cable must be installed in a single layer.
* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

G34

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


SIZING CHART B LEVEL TWO
SOLID CABLE TROUGH
2000 Volts Power Control and Signal / Multi-conductor 3/0 or smaller NEC 318-9 (c)(2)
No. Cables

Cable Size

Area

Calculation

Width (in.)

3C#3/0

1.51

(5) (1.51) (1.09)

8.23

4C#1/0

1.46

(7) (1.46) (1.09)

11.14

4C#2

1.15

(9) (1.15) (1.09)

11.28

4C#8

.79

(3) (.79) (1.09)

2.58

minimum width 33.23


RECOMMEND: 36" wide Solid Cable Trough.

G
T&B Cable Tray

Note: all cable must be installed in a single layer.


* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

SIZING CHART B LEVEL THREE


SOLID CABLE TROUGH
2000 Volts Power Control and Signal / Multi-conductor 4/0 or larger with cables smaller than 4/0 NEC 318-9 (c)(3)
No. Cables

Cable Size

Diameter

Calculation

Width (in.)

4C#4/0

1.85

(3 x 1.85)

5.55

3C#500

2.32

(1 x 2.32)

2.32

total for 4/0 or larger 7.87

+
Area
=

2.96

1.15

(5) (1.46) (1.09)+


(3) (1.15) (1.09)+

3.76

0.79

(5) (0.79) (1.09)+

4.31

4C#1/0

1.46

4C#2

3C#6

total for 3/0 or smaller 16.03


minimum width 23.90
* spare capacity allowance 20% 4.78
design width 28.68
RECOMMEND: 30" wide Solid Cable Trough.
Note: 4/0 cable must be installed in a single layer.
* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G35

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


SIZING CHART B LEVEL FOUR
SOLID CABLE TROUGH
2000 Volts Control and/or Signal / Multi-conductor NEC 318-9 (d)
Required Area (in2)

No. Cables

Cable Size

Cable Area

Calculation

35

4C#18

0.08

(35 x .08) .4

10

24C#18

0.36

(10 x .36) .4

9.00

21

7C#14

0.15

(21 x 0.15) .4

7.88

7.00

Total Area Required 23.88


Width Required = 23.88 (d) = 3.98

T&B Cable Tray

RECOMMEND: 6" wide Solid Cable Trough.


(d) = Load depth of tray.
Calculations based on 6'' deep tray
Sum of the cross sectional areas of cables at any cross section must not exceed 40% of the interior section of the tray.
* Optional spare capacity to be determined by designer.

Derating due to Covers


NEC-1993 requires a reduction in the ampacity of installed cables if cable trays are continuously covered for
more than six feet with solid unventilated covers.

If 2000 volts or less:

Multiconductor Cables
Use 95% of Tables 310-16 and 310-18.
Single Conductor Cables
*For 600 kcmil and larger, use 70% of Tables 310-17 and 310-19.
*For 1/0 AWG through 500 kcmil use 60% of Tables 310-17 and 310-19.

If 2001 volts or more:

Multiconductor Cables
Use 95% of Tables 310-75 and 310-76.
Single Conductor Cables
Use 70% of Tables 310-69 and 310-70.
See NEC for tables listed.

G36

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Electrical Design


Cross-Sectional Area
The cross-sectional area (in square inches) of a multiconductor cable can be found by multiplying the square of
the overall outside diameter (OD), including any insulation and/or armor, by 0.7854:
Cross Sectional Area (sq. in.) = (OD)2 x 0.7854
For diameters and cross-sectional areas of cables consult your cable supplier.

Multipliers
All tables use multipliers that are mathematical equivalents of Tables 318-9 and 318-10 of the NEC-1990.
An example can be found in column 1 of Table 318-9. The proportion of cable tray width (six inches) to
allowable fill (seven square inches) is 0.857 for 3/0 and smaller multiconductor cables in ladder type trays.
Therefore, the product of 0.857 and the cross-sectional area of cables is the tray width.

G
T&B Cable Tray

National Electrical Code


ARTICLE 318CABLE TRAYS
318-3. Uses Permitted.
(a) Wiring Methods. The following shall be permitted to be installed in cable tray systems under the conditions
described in their respective articles:
1. mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable (Article 330)
2. electrical nonmetallic tubing (Article 331)
3. armored cable (Article 333)
4. metal-clad cable (Article 334)
5. nonmetallic-sheathed cable (Article 336)
6. shielded, nonmetallic-sheathed cable (Article 337)
7. multiconductor service-entrance cable (Article 338)
8. multiconductor underground feeder and branch-circuit cable (Article 339)
9. power and control tray cable (Article 340)
10. power-limited tray cable (Sections 725-50, 725-51, and 725-53)
11. other factory-assembled, multiconductor control, signal, or power cables that are specifically approved for
installation in cable trays
12. intermediate metal conduit (Article 345)
13. rigid metal conduit (Article 346)
14. rigid nonmetallic conduit (Article 347)
15. electrical metallic tubing (Article 346)
14. rigid nonmetallic conduit (Article 347)
15. electrical metallic tubing (Article 348)
16. flexible metallic tubing (Article 349)
17. flexible metallic conduit (Article 350)
18. liquidtight flexible metal conduit and liquidtight flexible nonmetal conduit (Article 351).

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G37

Technical Information

Technical Information Structural Design


STRUCTURAL DESIGN
An installed cable tray system functions as a beam under a uniformly distributed load. The four basic beam
configurations found in cable installations are simple, continuous, cantilever and fixed. Each is attached to the
cable tray support in a different way.

Continuous Beam
Cable tray sections forming spans constitute a continuous beam configuration, the most common found in cable
tray installations.
This configuration exhibits characteristics of the simple beam and the fixed beam. For example, with loads

applied to all spans at the same time, the ends spans function like simple beams, while the counterbalancing

T&B Cable Tray

loads on either side of a support function like a fixed beam.


As the number of spans increases, the continuous beam behaves increasingly like a fixed beam, and the
maximum deflection continues to decrease. As this occurs, the systems load carrying capability increases.

Simple Beam
A straight section of cable tray supported at both ends but not fastened functions as a simple beam. Under a
load, the tray will exhibit deflection. The load carrying capacity of a cable tray unit should be based on simple
beam loading, since this type of loading occurs at run ends, offsets, etc., in any tray system.
The NEMA Load Test is a simple beam, uniformly distributed load test, used primarily because it is easy to test
and represents the worst case beam condition compared to continuous or fixed configurations. The only
criterion for NEMA acceptance is the ability to support 150% of the rated load.

Fixed Beam
Like the cantilever beam, a fixed beam applies more to the cable tray supports than the tray itself, because
both ends of a fixed beam are firmly attached to the supports. The rigid attachment prevents movement and
increases load bearing ability.

G38

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Structural Design


Cantilever Beam
A cantilever beam has more to do with the cable tray supports than the tray. Attaching one end of a beam to a
support while the other end remains unsupported, as when wall mounting a bracket, creates a cantilever beam
configuration. Obviously, with one end unsupported, the load rating of a cantilever beam is significantly less
than that of a simple beam.

Splicing
Since the need for a continuous system requires that siderails be spliced, splice plates must be both strong and
easy to install. T&B Aluminum Snap-In Splice Plate allows hands free installation of hardware for easier
assembly.

If practical, splices in a continuous span cable tray system should be installed at points of minimum stress.

Unspliced straight sections should be used on all simple spans and on end spans of continuous span runs.
Straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than the span length to ensure not more than one splice
between supports.
Examples of splicing configurations are shown on page G43.

Design Loadings
Basic cable trays are designed on the basis of maximum allowable stress for a certain section and material.
The allowable cable load varies with the span, type and width of the tray.

Basic Design Stresses


Allowable working stresses are the basis for all structural design. Since they must be of such magnitude as to
assure the safety of the structure against failure, their selection is a matter of prime importance.
In practice, a basic design stress is determined by dividing the strength of the material by a factor of safety. The
determining factors in establishing a set of basic design stresses for a structure are therefore the mechanical
properties of the materials and suitable factors of safety.
Yield strength and ultimate strength are the mechanical properties most commonly considered to govern
design. Values for these properties are readily obtainable. In determining the factor of safety, the designer must
usually be guided by current practicethe standard specifications adopted by various technical societies and
associationsand his or her own judgment and experience.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G39

T&B Cable Tray

According to NEMA Standard VE-1:

Technical Information

Technical Information Structural Design


Factors of safety
Since a low value for the factor of safety results in economy of material, the designer seeks to establish a value
as low as is practical, based on sound engineering judgment and experience. In making the determination,
consideration of the following factors are highly important:
1.

The accuracy with which the loads to represent service conditions are selected and assumed.

If there is much doubt concerning these loads, the basic design stress will have to be more conservative than
under conditions where the loads are known with considerable accuracy.
2.

The accuracy with which the stresses in the members of a structure are calculated. Many

approximations are used in structural design to estimate stress distribution. The choice of a factor of safety
should be consistent with how accurate the analysis is. The more precise the method, the greater the

allowable unit stress may be.

T&B Cable Tray

3.

The significance of the structure being designed. The designer must keep in mind the relative

importance of the structure and appraise the possibility of its failure causing significant property damage or
loss of life. In this respect, the significance of the design will govern the choice of a factor of safety to a
considerable extent.

The factors of safety used in designing most common types of structures are an outgrowth of the experience
gained from many applications and testseven failures. The trend in recent years has been to reduce the
factors of safety in line with improved quality of material and increasing knowledge of stress distribution. Further
reductions may be made in the future as greater accuracy in determinations becomes possible and practicable.

Application of design stresses to cable tray systems


A cable tray manufacturer must design standard products to accommodate the great variations encountered in
applications. The factors affecting the selection of a suitable basic design stress necessarily result in more
conservative stresses than might otherwise be required.
An engineer, who is in a position to determine specific stress requirements with a far greater degree of
accuracy, may consider that the manufacturers basic design stresses are too conservative for a particular
project. Using individual experience and judgment, he or she would establish a new set of basic design
stresses, selecting those safety factors that would result in a cable tray system best suited to meet the
projected service conditions. With these stresses, the engineer can easily calculate an increase or decrease in
the manufacturers loading data, since the load is always in direct proportion to the stress.

G40

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Structural Design


The factors of safety used in determining maximum allowable stresses are as follows:

1. Aluminum Alloys
a. For tension: the lower of 13 the minimum ultimate strength or d the minimum yield strength in tension.
b. For compression: the lower of 13 the minimum ultimate strength or 25 the minimum yield strength in
compression.
c. For shear: the lower of 13 the minimum ultimate strength or d the minimum yield strength in shear.

2. For Hot Rolled Steels

T&B Cable Tray

a. For tension: the lower of d the minimum ultimate strength or the minimum yield point in tension
times .61.
b. For compression: the lower of d the minimum ultimate strength or the minimum yield point in
compression times .61.
c. For shear: maximum stress not to exceed a value of 23 the basic design stress for tension.

Design Efficiency
A tray designed to perform its required function with the minimum weight (which facilitates installation) requires
the material to be used in the most effective manner. The design requirements of siderails are different from
those of rungs or ventilated bottom; fabricated tray allows the designer to use different shapes and thicknesses
of metal to the best advantage.
The strength of the siderail and rungs is increased by the proper use of metal in the high strength heat-treated
aluminum or continuously rolled cold-worked steel sections.
The corrugated bottom achieves high strength by cold working and rigidly supporting the vertical web-sections.
Large flat areas with rounded edges are provided for cable support while exposing more than 50% of all cables
to peripheral air ventilation.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G41

Technical Information

Technical Information Loading


LOADING
It is important to note that, per NEMA Standard VE1, cable tray is not designed to support personnel.
The user should display appropriate warnings to prevent the use of cable tray as walkways.

Cable Loads
The cable load is the total weight, expressed in lbs./ft., of all the cables that will be placed in the cable tray.

Concentrated Loads
Any static weight applied between the siderails, such as tap boxes, cable drops and conduit attachments,

G
T&B Cable Tray

represents a concentrated static load.


The following formula can be used to convert concentrated static loads to an equivalent, uniform load (We) in
pounds per linear foot:
We = 2 x (concentrated static load)
span length (ft.)

T&Bs cable tray siderails, rungs and bottoms are designed to withstand a concentrated static load of 200 lbs.

Snow loads
Depending on the area, snowfall could indicate an additional design load. If snowfall is a factor and the tray has
a solid cover in outdoor installations, a minimum load of 5 lbs. per square foot should be used.

Ice Loads
If a cable tray system is subject to icing conditions, usually only the top surface or cover and the windward side
will be coated with any significant amount. It is generally assumed that ice weighs 57 lbs. per cubic foot.

Wind Loads
All outdoor cable tray installations should factor in wind loads, especially the pressure exerted on siderails of
ladder trays. There have also been instances of strong winds lifting covers off trays, which can be minimized
with the use of wraparound cover clamps.

G42

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Loading


Seismic Loads
It is now known that cable tray systems can withstand stronger earthquakes than previously thought. The tray
itself and the support material are highly ductile, and the cables moving within the tray tend to dissipate energy.
However, if you have specific seismic specifications for selected cable tray, please consult T&B to ensure your
specifications are met.
LOAD DIAGRAMS FOR BEAMS
CANTILEVER BEAMS
Concentrated Load at
Free End

Uniform Load
w PER UNIT OF LENGTH: TOTAL LOAD W
REACTION R = wL = W
2
2
MOMENT AT ANY POINT: M = WX = WX

REACTION; R = P
MOMENT AT ANY POINT: M = Px
MAXIMUM MOMENT, MMAX = PL
3
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION, D = PL

2
2L
2
MAXIMUM MOMENT MMAX = wL = WL
2
2
4
3
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION, D = wL = WL
BEI
BEI

3EI

T&B Cable Tray

MAXIMUM SHEAR, V = P

MAXIMUM SHEAR, V = wL

CONTINUOUS BEAMS
Two Span
W = wL
R = Reaction, kg
L = Span Length, cm R1 = cw

Three Span

Four Span

Five Span

SIMPLE BEAMS
Uniform Load

Concentrated Load at any Point

w PER UNIT OF LENGTH, TOTAL LOAD W


REACTIONS: RL = RR = WL = W

REACTION: RL = Pb, RR = Pa
L

MOMENT AT ANY POINT: X <= a,M = RLX = PbX

2
MOMENT AT ANY POINT: M = wX(L-X) = WX(L-X)
2
2L
2
MAXIMUM MOMENT, AT CENTRE MMAX = wL = WL
8
8
4
3
5wL
5WL
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION: D =
=
384EI
384EI
MAXIMUM SHEAR: V = WL
2

X >= a,M = RR (L-X) = Pa (L-X)


L

MAXIMUM MOMENT, AT X = a, MMAX = Pab

L
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION, D = Pab(L+b)3a(L+b)
27EIL
MAXIMUM SHEAR, V =Pa , WHEN a > b
L

Concentrated Load at Center


REACTION RL = RR = P

MOMENT AT ANY POINT: X <= L , M = PX


2

X >= L , M = P (L-X)
2

MAXIMUM MOMENT, AT CENTER, MMAX = PL


4

3
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION, D = PL

384EI

MAXIMUM SHEAR, V = P
2

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G43

Technical Information

Technical Information Loading for Grades B, C, and D


250 GENERAL LOADING REQUIREMENTS AND MAPS
(IEEE: Section 25 Loading for Grades B, C, and D)

A. General.
1.

It is necessary to assume the loadings that may be expected to occur on a line because of wind and
ice during all seasons of the year. These weather loadings shall be the values of loading resulting
from the application of Rules 250B or 250C. Where both rules apply, the required loading shall be
the one that, when combined with the appropriate overload capacity factors, has the greater effect
on strength requirements.

2.

Where construction or maintenance loads exceed those imposed by Rule 250A1, which may occur

T&B Cable Tray

more frequently in light loading areas, the assumed loadings shall be increased accordingly.
3.

It is recognized that loadings actually experienced in certain areas in each of the loading districts
may be greater, or in some cases, may be less than those specified in these rules. In the absence of
a detailed loading analysis, no reduction in the loadings specified therein shall be made without the
approval of the administrative authority.

B. Combined Ice and Wind Loading.


Three general degrees of loading due to weather conditions are recognized and are designated as
heavy, medium, and light loading. Figure 250-1 shows the districts in the states in which these
loadings are normally applicable.
Note: The localities are classified in the different loading districts according to the relative simultaneous
prevalence of wind velocity and thickness of ice that accumulates on wires. Light loading is for places
where little, if any, ice accumulates on wires.

Table 250-1 shows the radial thickness of ice and the wind pressures to be used in calculating
loading. Ice is assumed to weigh 57 lb/ft2 (913 kg/m3).

C. Extreme Wind Loading.


If any portion of a structure or its supported facilities exceeds 60 ft. (18m) above ground or water level, the
applicable horizontal wind speed of Fig. 250-2, as determined by the linear interpolation, shall be used to
calculate horizontal wind pressures. These pressures shall be applied to the entire structure and supported

G44

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Loading for Grades B, C, and D

WA
MT

ME

ND
VT
MN

OR

NH

SD

ID

WI

MI

MA

NY

RI
CT

WY
PA

IA
NE

NJ

OH

IL

NV

MD
Washington DC
WV

UT
CO

IN

VA

KS

CA

DE

MO
KY
NC
AZ

TN

OK
AR
NM

United States

SC
MS

National Capital
AL

GA

Seattle

City
International Boundary

TX

State Boundary

LA

TX
FL

State Name
400 km

400 Miles

T&B Cable Tray

= Heavy
= Medium
= Light

Hawaii

Alaska

Fig. 250-1
General Loading Map of United States
with respect to loading of overhead lines.

facilities without ice loading. The following formulas shall be used to calculate wind pressures on cylindrical
surfaces:
pressure in lb/ft3 = 0.00256 (v m/h)2
pressure in pascals = 0.613 (v m/h)2
where

m = meters
s = seconds
Table 250-2 lists the conversions of velocities to pressures for typical wind speeds as calculated by
the formulas listed above.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G45

Technical Information

Technical Information Loading for Grades B, C, and D


If no portion of the structure or its supported facilities exceeds 60 ft. (18m) above ground or water
level, the provisions of this rule are not required.
Fig. 250-2 is a wind map of the contiguous United States and Alaska reproduced from ASCE 7-88
[52]. For Hawaii and Puerto Rico, the basic wind speeds are 80mi/h and 95 mi/h, respectively.

Note: Wind velocity usually increases with height; therefore, experience may show that the wind
pressures specified herein need to be further increased.

WIND VELOCITY MAP

T&B Cable Tray

Annual extreme wind velocity 30 feet above ground, 50-year recurrence interval
Seattle
Spokane

Great Falls

Portland
Pendleton
Roseburg

Missoula
Billings

Burns

Pocatello

Eureka

Williston
Bismarck
Fargo

Boise

Minneapolis

Rapid City

PACIFIC
OCEAN

San
Diego

Phoenix
Yuma

Albuquerque

Amarillo

Des Moines

Burlington
Portland
Concord

Green
Bay

Buffalo Albany
Lansing
Detroit

Dubuque

Winnemucoa
Cheyenne
Sacramento
North Platte
Reno
Salt
Lake
City
San
Lincoln
Denver
Francisco Tonopah
Milford
Grand Junction
Las
Fresno
Dodge City
Vegas
Los Angeles

S. Ste. Marie

Duluth

Huron
Lander

Caribou

International
Falls

Havre

Harrisburg
Pittsburgh

Chicago

Boston
Hartford
New York
Philadelphia

Columbus
Springfield
Washington
Indianapolis
Kansas
City
Charleston Rich mond
St.
Norfork
Lexington
Louis
Hattaras
Nashville
Raleigh
Knoxville
Oklahoma City
Columbia
Little Rock Memphis
Wilmington
Atlanta
Jackson Birmingham

El Paso
Abilene
Fort Worth
Del Rio

Charleston

Shreveport

Houston

New
Orleans

Jacksonville
Pensacola

San Antonio

Tampa

GULF OF MEXICO

ATLANTIC
OCEAN

Miami

Brownsville

WIND SPEEDS
Below 70 mph

70-80 mph

80-90 mph

90-100 mph

Over 100 mph

Fig. 250-2
Basic Wind Speed (miles per hour).
This figure is reproduced by permission of the American Society of Civil Engineers.

G46

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Loading for Grades B, C, and D


ICE, WIND AND TEMPERATURE
Loading Districts
(for use with Rule 250B)
Radial thickness of ice
in.
mm
Horizontal wind pressure
lbs / sq. ft.
mm
Temperature
F
C

Heavy

Medium

Light

Extreme wind loading


(for use with Rule 250C)

0.50
12.5

0.25
6.6

0
0

0
0

4
190

4
190

9
430

See Fig. 250-2

0
-20

+15
-10

+80
-1

+60
+18
Table 250-1

T&B Cable Tray

HORIZONTAL WIND PRESSURES ON CYLINDRICAL SURFACES


Wind Speed

Wind Pressure

(mi/h)

(m/s)

(lb/ft.2)

(kPa)

70
80
90
100
110

31
36
40
45
49

13
16
21
26
31

0.60
0.78
1.00
1.29
1.48
Table 250-2

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G47

Technical Information

Technical Information Electromagnetic Shielding


T&B ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDED CABLE TRAYS
For large installations, cable trays with effective shielding properties against electrostatic and electromagnetic
interference are as essential as conventional cable trays for power distribution. Metal conduits are effective for
small numbers of wires, but for large numbers they are unacceptably expensive, high in space requirements
and cannot be adapted to an expanding network.
T&B Electromagnetic Shielded cable trays are designed to fit into the usual plant layout, carry a large number
of wires, provide space for unforeseen extensions and protect electronic circuitry from extraneous interference
by attenuating disturbing fields to an acceptable level.

Need for Shielding

T&B Cable Tray

Electronics have come to play an important role in the operation and control of many manufacturing plants and
other large installations. Sensitive electronic instruments, transducers of remote control, static logic groups,
digital data-collecting systems and process control computers operate at low energy levels, where magnitudes
are commonly expressed in milliamperes, microvolts and nanoseconds.
Along with this ever-increasing automation, a great expansion has occurred in the size of power systems, with
exponential growth in the number of cables and wires. Although the power systems electromechanical relays
and switches are quite insensitive to extraneous interference, they generate surge currents. These currents
produce high electromagnetic and electrostatic fields, both in their immediate surroundings and along their
connecting cables, which may be a mile long.
These high-power fields induce high voltage and currents in nearby low energy level electronic circuitry, where
false signals start cascading control operations or interfere with digital circuitry. The resulting erroneous data
transmissions can have unforeseeable consequences.
The electronic circuitrys wires and cables can be effectively protected from mutual interference by twisted pairs
of wires, shielded jacketing and proper grounding of the shields, but these measures do not offer adequate
protection against high-power fields. Effective protection requires that the wires and cables be enclosed in
jackets with good conductivity to minimize interference from electrostatic fields and good magnetic permeability
to minimize electromagnetic field interference.

Effect of Shielding
The graphs summarize the results of tests designed to evaluate the shielding effectiveness of the T&B
Electromagnetic Shielded cable tray. For purposes of comparison, the results obtained using 2" diameter steel
conduit as the shielding jacket are plotted on the same graph.*

G48

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical Information Electromagnetic Shielding


The attenuation data are plotted on a log/log scale because the dB scale is logarithmic. For example, an electrostatic
attenuation of 118 dB means that an extraneous field that would induce 16 volts in an unprotected circuit would
induce only 30 microvolts in a protected circuit, i.e., 1/800,000 of the unprotected value. Against such low interference,
the twisted individual wire pairs and other precautions mentioned above should provide adequate protection.
Standard Electromagnetic Shielded cable trays use screws to secure the covers of the troughs and splice
shields. Cover clamps, which greatly facilitate installation with only a slight loss of attenuation, can be supplied
on request instead of screws.

130
120
110
100
90
80
70

T&B Type S Electromagnetic Trough


2" Dia. R. Steel Conduit

60

60

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

100 Hz

1 kHz

10 kHz

130
120
110
100
90
80
70

T&B Cable Tray

Attenuation in dB

T&B ELECTROSTATIC

100 kHz

Attenuation in dB

T&B ELECTROMAGNETIC
130
120
110
100
90
80
70

gh

it

ou

du

el

60

n
Co

te

50

S
R.

a.

2"

40

30

Di

tic

Tr

60

ne

ag

50

ro
ct

pe

El

40

Ty

30

T&

20
10

130
120
110
100
90
80
70

20

100 Hz

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

1 kHz

10 kHz

www.tnb.com

100 kHz

G49

Technical Information

Technical Information Engineering Cable Tray Specification


A. Cable Tray
1.

Cable tray shall be by one manufacturer and shall consist of straight sections, fittings and accessories per NEMA VE1.
Cable tray must be listed by UL as equipment grounding conductors. There shall be no burrs, projections or sharp edges to
damage the cable insulation.

B. Material
Aluminum. All siderails, and rungs shall be of extruded aluminum type 6063-T6. Siderails shall be of I-beam construction.

2.

Pre-Galvanized steel. All siderails and rungs shall be of steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A653/A653M with
G90 coating thickness. Siderail shall be reinforced with flanges turned inward.

3.

Hot Dip Galvanized Steel. All siderails and rungs shall be made from steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A611
Gr. C or ASTM A570 Gr. 33 and shall be hot dip galvanized after manufacture per ASTM A123 providing a minimum
thickness of 1.50 oz per ft2.

4.

Stainless Steel. All cable tray and accessories shall be of type AISI 304 or type AISI 316 stainless steel.

C. Tray Types

T&B Cable Tray

1.

1.

Ladder. Ladder tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by lateral rungs. Rungs shall provide minimum 158" bearing
surface and have slots perpendicular to the centerline of the rung on 1" centers for attachment of cable ties. Rungs shall
also have an open slot to facilitate attachment of pipe straps and other accessories. Rungs shall be installed on 6", 9", 12"
or 18" centers. The rungs shall not be below the bottom of the siderail.

2.

Solid Bottom. Solid Bottom tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by rungs on 12'' centers with a solid aluminum
sheet applied below the rungs.

3.

Ventilated trough. Ventilated trough tray shall incorporate two siderails connected by rungs on 12'' centers with ventilated
sheet applied below the rungs and above the siderail flanges.

D. Dimensions
1.

Siderail height. Siderails heights shall be 312", 378", 4", 5", 6", and 7" minimum loading depths shall be 3", 4", 5", and 6".

2.`

Length. All cable tray straight sections shall be supplied in 12' and 24' lengths.

3.

Width. Cable tray shall be supplied in 6", 9", 12", 18", 24", 30", 36", and 42" widths as required.

4.

Radiused Fittings. For all fittings requiring a radius that radius shall be 12", 24", 36", and 48" and shall be measured to the
nearest perpendicular surface.

E. Accessories
1.

Covers and accessories. Covers shall be supplied to protect tray cable where needed. Appropriate holddowns shall be
supplied to properly attach the covers to the tray.

2.

Splice Plates. Aluminum splice plates shall be designed to snap into tray siderail and shall be supplied with four square
neck carriage bolts and hex nuts for attachment. Steel splice plates shall be supplied with four square neck carriage bolts
and hex nuts for attachment.

F. Loading Capabilities
1.

Cable tray shall meet specified NEMA load with safety factor of 1.5. The cable tray should also be able to support a 200lb.
concentrated load at midspan over and above stated cable load.

G. Design and manufacture


1.

G50

Cable tray design shall be that of T&B Cable Tray Systems as manufactured by Thomas & Betts.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Technical Information

Technical information T&B Tray Series vs. Nema Class


ALUMINUM
HEIGHT
3g"
4"

5"

6"

7"

NEMA CLASSES S.F.=1.5


8A

8B

12A

12B

12C

16A

16B

16C

20A

20B

AL1-3g

AL1-3g

AL1-4
AL2-4
AL3-4

AL1-4
AL2-4
AL3-4

AL1-4
AL2-4
AL3-4

AL1-4
AL2-4
AL3-4

AL1-4
AL2-4
AL3-4

AL2-4
AL3-4

AL2-4
AL3-4

AL3-4

AL3-4

AL3-4

AL3-4

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL2-5
AL3-5

AL3-5

AL3-5

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL2-6
AL3-6

AL1-6
AL2-6
AL3-6

AL2-6
AL3-6

AL2-6
AL3-6

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL2-7
AL3-7

AL3-7

20C

STEEL PRE-GALV & HOT DIPPED


HEIGHT
3d"
4"

5"

6"

7"

NEMA CLASSES S.F.=1.5

8A

8B

8C

12A

12B

12C

16A

16B

16C

20A

20B

PG1-3d

PG1-3d

PG1-3d

PG1-3d

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG1-4
PG2-4
PG3-4

PG2-4
PG3-4

PG3-4

PG2-4
PG3-4

PG3-4

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG2-5
PG3-5

PG3-5

PG3-5

PG3-5

PG3-5

PG3-5

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG1-6
PG2-6
PG3-6

PG2-6
PG3-6

PG3-6

PG2-6
PG3-6

PG3-6

PG3-6

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG3-7

PG2-7
PG3-7

PG3-7

PG3-7

8A

8B

8C

12A

12B

12C

16A

16B

16C

20A

20B

20C

S41-3d
S61-3d

S41-3d
S61-3d

S41-3d
S61-3d

S41-4
S61-4
S42-4
S62-4

S41-4
S61-4
S42-4
S62-4

S41-4
S61-4
S42-4
S62-4

S41-4
S61-4
S42-4
S62-4

S42-4
S62-4

S42-4
S62-4

S42-4
S62-4

S42-4
S62-4

S42-4
S62-4

S42-4
S62-4

S41-5
S61-5
S42-5
S62-5
S43-5
S43-5

S41-5
S61-5
S42-5
S62-5
S43-5
S43-5

S41-5
S61-5
S42-5
S62-5
S43-5
S43-5

S41-5
S61-5
S42-5
S62-5
S43-5
S43-5

S42-5
S62-5
S43-5
S43-5

S43-5
S43-5

S42-5
S62-5
S43-5
S43-5

S43-5
S43-5

S43-5
S43-5

S43-5
S43-5

S43-5
S43-5

S43-5
S43-5

S41-6
S61-6
S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S41-6
S61-6
S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

SS1-6
S61-6
S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S41-6
S61-6
S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S41-6
S61-6
S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S43-6
S63-6

S42-6
S62-6
S43-6
S63-6

S43-6
S63-6

S43-6
S63-6

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

S42-7
S62-7

STAINLESS STEEL
HEIGHT
3d"

4"

5"

6"

7"

20C

NEMA CLASSES S.F.=1.5

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

S42-7
S62-7

G51

G
T&B Cable Tray

8C

Aluminum
Features and Benefits

The Thomas & Betts Advantage

Unique Design Points

I-Beam Siderail
Maximum structural strength.
All straight sections are I-Beam Siderail design.

T&B Cable Tray

Snap-in Splice Plates


Snap-in aluminum splice plates for easy installation.

Alternating Rungs
Alternating rungs for top and bottom accessory
installation and cable lashing.

Continuous Open Slot


Rungs have continuous open slot to accept standard
strut pipe clamps and gives complete barrier strip
adjustability.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H2

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Features and Benefits

The Thomas & Betts Advantage

Unique Design Points

Ty-Rap Cable Tie Slots


Exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1 centers on all
ladder and ventilated bottoms.
Secures cables without kinks and keeps cables
uniform.

H
T&B Cable Tray

Extra Wide Rung Design


Extra wide rung design for maximum cable bearing
surface.

Adjustable Barrier Strips


Barrier strips are fully adjustable (side to side) in
straight sections and fittings.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H3

Aluminum
Technical Information System Design
Sample Plant Layout

CC

NN

AA

MM

BB

D
D

FF
EE

OO

GG

H
T&B Cable Tray

LL
JJ
KK

II
HH

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O

Vertical Tee Up/Down


Horizontal Cross
Barrier Strip
90 Vertical Outside Bend
45 Horizontal Bend
45 Vertical Outside Bend
Solid Flanged Cover
Box Connector
Ladder Tray
Horizontal Tee
Splice Plate
Reducer
Cable Channel
Cable Channel 90 Vertical Outside Bend
45 Vertical Inside Bend

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H4

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Style Selection Guide
In order to offer as many options as possible to our customers,
Thomas & Betts Aluminum Cable Tray is available in two distinct formats
(Note that the H-Series and U-Series systems are not interchangeable. Once you have selected a system, you must be consistent)

H
T&B Cable Tray

Features

Features

Functional design

Premium design

Simplicity of design

Simplicity of design

No tangents on fittings

3 tangents on fittings

Snap-in splice plate

Snap-in splice plate

U-shaped fitting siderails

H-shaped fitting siderails

See page H6 for more details

See page H7 for more details

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H5

Aluminum
Explaining the Styles

The H-Style and U-Style systems are not interchangeable.


Once you have selected a system, you must be consistent.
U-STYLE

U-Style features fittings constructed with side rail flanges on the inside only (U-Beam).
Features
Functional design
Simplicity of design
No tangents on fittings
Snap-in splice plate
I-Beam Siderail design for straight sections.
U-shaped fitting siderails
4" Splice Plate

T&B Cable Tray

Benefits
Lowest purchase price
Easy to install
Occupies less space in areas where space
is restrained
Easy to align straights
Splice plate holds components together
while hardware is inserted
Lighter fittings are easy to handle

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H6

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Explaining the Styles

The H-Style and U-Style systems are not interchangeable.


Once you have selected a system, you must be consistent.
H-STYLE

H-Style features fittings constructed with side rail having inner and outer flanges (H-Beam).
Features
Premium design
Simplicity of design
3 tangents on fittings
Snap-in splice plate
I-Beam Siderail design for straight sections.
H-shaped fitting siderails
7" Splice Plate

Benefits
Improved aesthetics and customer appeal
Easy to install
Improved system rigidity
Easy to align straights and fittings
Splice plate holds components together
while hardware is inserted
Improved system rigidity

H
T&B Cable Tray

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H7

Aluminum
Selection Process
Selection Steps

In order to ensure that your CABLE TRAY installation will meet your present and future needs, a
sequence of decisions must be made. These decisions are relatively simple and can be condensed
down to 7 steps.

T&B Cable Tray

Material Choice: Aluminum

Loading Capacity (including meteorological loading, wind, snow, ice, etc...)

Choose the type of Siderail Style you prefer for your project

Type of Tray Bottom: Ladder


Ventilated
Solid

Tray Width and Height

Fittings Selection

Electrical Grounding Capacity

Each step is explained in detail on the following pages.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H8

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Selection Process
Selection Steps

Material Choice (Aluminum)


Cable trays fabricated of extruded aluminum are often used for their high strength-to-weight
ratio, superior resistance to certain corrosive environments, and ease of installation. They also
offer the advantages of being light weight (approximately 50% that of a steel tray) and
maintenance free, and since aluminum cable trays are non-magnetic, electrical losses are
reduced to a minimum.
T&B cable tray products are formed from the 6063 series alloys which by design are copper
free alloys for marine applications. These alloys contain silicon and magnesium in appropriate
proportions to form magnesium silicide, allowing them to be heat treated. These magnesium
silicon alloys possess good formability and structural properties, as well as excellent corrosion
resistance.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H9

T&B Cable Tray

The unusual resistance to corrosion, including weathering, exhibited by aluminum is due to the
self-healing aluminum oxide film that protects the surface. Aluminums resistance to chemicals
in the application environment should be tested before installation.

Aluminum
Selection Process
Loading

Select the Tray Class / Load Capacity


The standard classes of cable trays, as related to their maximum design loads and to the
associated design support spacing based on a simple beam span requirement, shall be
designated in accordance with Table 1.
Please note the load ratings in Table 1 are those most commonly used. Other load ratings are
acceptable.
For Selection of Thomas & Betts Series of Cable Tray, please refer to Table 2.

TABLE 1

Load / Span Class Designation

LOAD

SPAN, m (ft)

kg/m (lb/ft)

T&B Cable Tray

37
67
74
97
112
149
179
299

(25)
(45)
(50)
(65)
(75)
(100)
(120)
(200)

2.4 (8)

3.0 (10)

3.7 (12)

4.9 (16)

6.0 (2Q)

8A

8B
8C

D
E

12A

12B
12C

16A

16B
16C

D
20A

E or 20B
20C

NOTE: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C,


16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C
are the traditional NEMA
designations.
A, C, D, and E are
the conventional
CSA designations.

Deflection
Span

Cable Loads:

The cable load is the total weight, expressed in lbs./ft., of all the cables that
will be placed in the cable tray.

Snow Loads:

Depending on the area, snowfall could indicate an additional design load.


If snowfall is a factor and the tray has a solid cover in outdoor installations,
a minimum load of 5 lbs. per square foot should be used.

Ice Loads:

If a cable tray system is subject to icing conditions, usually only the top surface
or cover and the windward side will be coated with any significant amount.
It is generally assumed that ice weighs 57 lbs. per cubic foot.

Wind Loads:

All outdoor cable tray installations should factor in wind loads, especially the
pressure exerted on siderails of ladder trays. There have also been instances
of strong winds lifting covers off trays, which can be minimized with the use of
wraparound cover clamps.

It is important to note that cable tray is not designed to support personnel.


The user should display appropriate warnings to prevent the use of cable tray as walkways.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H10

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Selection Process
Correlation of T&B Series to NEMA & CSA LOADING CLASSES.
TABLE 2
Siderail
Height

Load / Span Class Designation


Series

Load Depth (in.)


Nominal

NEMA
Class

CSA
Class

8B

AH04 (AU04)

4"
5"

7"

12A

C1/3m

AH24 (AU24)

12B

D1/3m

AH34 (AU34)

3"

12C

D1/6m

AH44 (AU44)

20A

E/3m

AH54 (AU54)

20B

E/6m

AH25 (AU25)

12C

D1/6m

AH35 (AU35)

4"

20A

E/3m

20B

E/6m

AH16 (AU16)

12C

D1/6m

AH26 (AU26)

20A

E/3m

20B

E/6m

20C

AH56 (AU56)

20C

AH66 (AU66)

20C

20B

E/6m

20C

AH45 (AU45)

AH36 (AU36)
AH46 (AU46)

AH27 (AU27)
AH37 (AU37)

5"
6"

H
T&B Cable Tray

6"

AH14 (AU14)

NOTE
Concentrated Loads
A concentrated static load is not included in the Table 1. Some user applications may require that
a given concentrated static load be imposed over and above the working load.
Such a concentrated static load represents a static weight applied on the centerline of the tray at
midspan. When so specified, the concentrated static load may be converted to an equivalent
uniform load (We) in kilograms/metre (pounds/linear foot), using the following formula, and added
to the static weight of cable in the tray:
We = 2 x (concentrated static load, kg (lb.))
Span length, m (ft.)
This combined load may be used to select a suitable load/span designation (refer to Table 2). If
the combined load exceeds the working load shown in the Table 2, the manufacturer should be
consulted.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H11

Aluminum
Selection Process
Selection Steps

Choose the Type of Siderail Series you prefer for your project
T&B Cable Tray is available in two styles.
U-Style
The fitting siderails are fabricated from U-Shaped extrusions. This system maximizes quality
versus cost ratio of the installation (see page H6 for illustration of U-Style Fitting Siderail).

The fitting siderails are fabricated from H-Shaped extrusions. This system focuses attention
on the aesthetics of the installation (see page H7 for illustration of H-Style Fitting Siderail).

T&B Cable Tray

H-Style

Both styles utilize I-Beam Siderail design for straight sections.

Select the Type of Tray Bottom


Cable Tray is available with three bottoms:
LADDER CABLE TRAY is a prefabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal siderails
connected by individual transverse members.
VENTILATED CABLE TRAY is a prefabricated structure consisting of a ventilated bottom
within integral or separate longitudinal siderails, with no openings exceeding 4 in. in a
longitudinal direction.
SOLID BOTTOM CABLE TRAY is a prefabricated structure without openings in the bottom
(see page H18 for photographs of actual construction).
Ladder tray is most often used because of its cost-effectiveness. The designer has a choice
of four nominal rung spacings: 6, 9, 12, and 18 inches. The greatest rung spacing compatible
with an adequate cable bearing surface area should be selected. Heavy power cables often
require greater cable bearing area due to the possibility of creep in the jacket material of the
cable. If this is a concern, consult the cable manufacturer. This condition may require the use
of ventilated tray, which also offers additional mechanical protection for the cables.
Local building codes may require totally enclosed cable tray systems under certain conditions.
The designer should verify these before specifying the type of tray to be used.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H12

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Selection Process
Selection Steps

Select the Tray Size (Tray Width and Height)


The width or height of a cable tray is a function of the number, size, spacing and weight of the
cables in the tray. Available nominal widths are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36 and 42 inches.
When specifying width, it is important to remember that the load rating does not change as
the width increases. Even with six times the volume, a 36 in. wide tray cannot hold any more
weight than a 6 in. wide tray. If the load rating of the tray permits, cable can be piled deeper
in the tray. Most tray classes are available in a nominal 4, 5, 6 and 7 inch height. Cable ties or
other spacing devices may be used to maintain the required air space between cables.

H
Select the Fittings
Fittings are used to change the size or direction of the cable tray. The most important decision
to be made in fitting design concerns radius. The radius of the bend, whether horizontal or
vertical, can be 12, 24, 36 or 48 in., or even greater on a custom basis. The selection requires
a compromise with the considerations being available space, minimum bending radius of
cables, ease of cable pulling, and cost. The typical radius is 24 in.
Fittings are also available for 30, 45, 60, and 90 angles. When a standard angle will not
work, field fittings or adjustable elbows can be used. It may be necessary to add supports to
the tray at these points. Refer to NEMA VE2 Installation Guidelines for suggested support
locations.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H13

T&B Cable Tray

Aluminum
Selection Process
Selection Steps

Electrical Grounding Capacity

The National Electrical Code, Article


318-7 allows cable tray to be used as an
equipment grounding conductor. All T&B
standard aluminum cable trays are classified
by Underwriters Laboratories per US NEC
Table 318-7 based on their cross sectional
area.

T&B Cable Tray

The corresponding cross-sectional area for


each siderail design (2-siderails) is listed on
a label. This cable tray label is attached to
each straight section and fitting that is UL
classified.

NEC TABLE 318-7


Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors
Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
Protective Relay Ampere Trip

Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of


Metal* In Square Inches

Setting for Ground Fault


Protection of any Cable Circuit

Steel

Aluminum

in the Cable Tray System

Cable Trays

Cable Trays

60

0.20

0.20

100

0.40

0.20

200

0.70

0.20

400

1.00

0.40

600

1.50 **

0.40

1000

0.60

1200

1.00

1600

1.50

2000

2.00 **

For SI units: one square = 645 square millimeters.


* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type
cable trays: or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channeltype cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction.
** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes.
Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000
amperes.
For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be
used.

See pages H87 to H89 for grounding and bonding products.


For more information on grounding and bonding cable tray refer to section 5 NEMA VE 11998/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98 Metal Cable Tray Systems.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H14

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Notes

H
T&B Cable Tray

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H15

Photo courtesy of SYNTECH Syndicated Technologies Ltd.

Aluminum
Features
Features

Straight Siderail Design:

Extruded I beam
Nominal Height 4" to 7"
Loading Height 3" to 6"
Snap-in splice plate connection.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.
Versatile continuous open slot rungs (strut profile).
Exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie slots (e x e) on one inch (1") centers.
Extra wide rung design.
Four bolt connection.
Choice of two styles of fitting (U & H) siderails.

H
COMMERCIAL
Schools
Hospitals
Office Buildings

Airports
Casinos
Stadiums

INDUSTRIAL
Petro-Chemical
Plants
Automotive
Plants
Paper Plants

Food Processing
Power Plants
Refineries
Manufacturing
Mining

Accessories

Each pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.


Complete line of accessories and support systems.

Material

6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Compliance

CSA, NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings

1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any
portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published load class.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H17

T&B Cable Tray

Applications

Aluminum
Straight Length Tray Bottom Types Available Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Ladder

Extra wide aluminum rungs are


welded to extruded aluminum I-beam
siderails. Every second rung is
reversed to allow for easy top or
bottom mounting of cable ties and
clamps. All edges and welds are
rounded and smooth to prevent
cable damage.

Ventilated

T&B Cable Tray

A fabricated structure consisting


of integral or separate longitudinal
rails and a bottom having openings
sufficient for the passage of air and
utilizing 75% or less of the plan area
of the surface to support cables.
The maximum open spacings
between cable support surfaces of
transverse elements do not exceed
102 mm (4 in) in the direction parallel
to the tray side rails (rung to rung).

Solid Trough

A fabricated structure consisting of a


bottom without ventilation openings
within separate longitudinal side rails.
Rungs are not perforated, and not
alternated (up/down). However,
Ty-Raps can be inserted diagonally
between rung and bottom sheet for
cable fastening.

NOTE:
Fast and easy snap-in splice plates are
provided with each straight section.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H18

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Straight Section Number Selection
U-Style Straight Sections
U-Style straight sections utilize a 4" splice plate and the fittings do not have tangents at the
extremities.
This style offers maximum quality versus cost ratio of the installation
H-Style Straight Sections
H-Style straight sections utilize a 7" splice plate
This style offers enhanced aesthetics to the end-user.

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 1 - 6 ) 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4

A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Series

Siderail
Height

Width

Bottom Type

Length

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

U U-Beam

** 0 Series 0

06 (6")

H H-Beam

*** 1 Series 1

09 (9")

2 Series 2
3 Series 3
4 Series 4

4"

5 Series 5
2 Series 2
3 Series 3
4 Series 4

12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

5"

1 Series 1
2 Series 2
3 Series 3
4 Series 4

6"

5 Series 5
6 Series 6
2 Series 2
3 Series 3

7"

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).


** Series 0 is not available in 288 or 6 meter lengths.
*** Series AU1-4 is not available in 6 meter lengths.

For more detailed specifications please consult pages H20 to H33.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H19

T&B Cable Tray

Material

Aluminum
4" Straight Sections Series 0-4, 1-4, 2-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 0 - 4 ) - 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style
U U-Beam
H H-Beam

Series
** 0 Series 0

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

4 (4")

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

09 (9")

*** 1 Series 1

12 (12")

2 Series 2

18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

T&B Cable Tray

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).


** Series 0 is not available in 288 or 6 meter lengths.
*** Series 1 is not available in 6 meter lengths.

Technical Specifications
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.
For FITTINGS consult pages H42 to H69.

SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES

10

12

(Feet)
14

16

18

20

AU0-4
AH0-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

152

86

55

38

Deflection (in.)

0.265

0.472

0.737

1.062

Deflection Factor

0.002

0.006

0.013

0.028

AU1-4
AH1-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

239

134

86

60

44

34

27

22

Deflection (in.)

0.318

0.565

0.884

1.272

1.732

2.262

3.863

3.534

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.004

0.010

0.021

0.039

0.067

0.108

0.164

AU2-4
AH2-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

358

202

129

90

66

51

40

32

Deflection (in.)

0.416

0.740

1.156

1.673

2.277

2.974

3.764

4.590

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.004

0.009

0.019

0.034

0.059

0.094

0.143

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H20

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
4" Straight Sections Series 0-4, 1-4, 2-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

AU0-4 / AH0-4
W (in.)

AU2-4 / AH2-4

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

7.35
10.35
13.35
19.35
25.35
31.35
37.35
43.35

4.93
7.93
10.93
16.93
22.93
28.93
34.93
40.93

7.46
10.46
13.46
19.46
25.46
31.46
37.46
43.46

4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88

8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38

4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88

H
T&B Cable Tray

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AU1-4 / AH1-4

Wo (in.)

Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.

SERIES

AU0-4
AH0-4
AU1-4
AH1-4
AU2-4
AH2-4

DIMENSIONS

CLASSIFICATIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA

Ix = 1.67 in4
Sx = 0.774 in3
Area = 0.742 in2

Ix = 2.19 in4
Sx = 1.05 in3
Area = 0.906 in2

8B

CSA

N/A

12A, 8C

C1

12B

D1/3m

Ix = 2.51 in4
Sx = 1.17 in3
Area = 0.986 in2

UL

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.60 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.60 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 0.60 in2

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H21

Aluminum
4" Straight Sections Series 3-4, 4-4, 5-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 5 - 4 ) - 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Series

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

U U-Beam

3 Series 3

4 (4")

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18* 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

H H-Beam

09 (9")

4 Series 4

12 (12")

5 Series 5

18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

H
T&B Cable Tray

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).

Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

For FITTINGS consult pages H42 to H69.

SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES

10

12

(Feet)
14

16

18

20

AU3-4
AH3-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

522

294

188

131

96

73

58

47

Deflection (in.)

0.477

0.849

1.326

1.909

2.599

3.395

4.296

5.304

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.003

0.007

0.015

0.027

0.046

0.074

0.113

AU4-4
AH4-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

589

331

212

147

108

83

65

53

Deflection (in.)

0.441

0.785

1.226

1.766

2.403

3.139

3.973

4.905

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.006

0.012

0.022

0.038

0.061

0.092

AU5-4
AH5-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

867

488

312

217

159

122

96

78

Deflection (in.)

0.505

0.898

1.403

2.021

2.751

3.593

4.547

5.614

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.004

0.009

0.017

0.029

0.047

0.072

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H22

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
4" Straight Sections Series 3-4, 4-4, 5-4 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

AU3-4 / AH3-4
W (in.)

AU5-4 / AH5-4

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38

4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88

8.41
11.41
14.41
20.41
26.41
32.41
38.41
44.41

4.91
7.91
10.91
16.91
22.91
28.91
34.91
40.91

8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38

4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88

H
T&B Cable Tray

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AU4-4 / AH4-4

Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.

SERIES

AU3-4
AH3-4
AU4-4
AH4-4
AU5-4
AH5-4

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

Ix = 3.19 in4
Sx = 1.41 in3
Area = 1.22 in2

Ix = 3.89 in4
Sx = 1.75 in3
Area = 1.40 in2

Ix = 5.00 in4
Sx = 2.24 in3
Area = 1.76 in2

CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA

12C, 16A

20A, 16B

20B, 16C

CSA

D1/6m

E/3m

E/6m

UL

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H23

Aluminum
5" Straight Sections Series 2-5, 3-5, 4-5 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 2 - 5 ) - 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Series

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

U U-Beam

2 Series 2

5 (5")

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18* 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

H H-Beam

09 (9")

3 Series 3

12 (12")

4 Series 4

18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

H
T&B Cable Tray

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).

Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

For FITTINGS consult pages H42 to H69.

SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES

10

12

(Feet)
14

16

18

20

AU2-5
AH2-5

Load (lbs./ft.)

511

288

184

128

94

72

57

46

Deflection (in.)

0.328

0.584

0.912

1.313

1.787

2.334

2.955

3.648

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.005

0.010

0.019

0.032

0.052

0.079

AU3-5
AH3-5

Load (lbs./ft.)

600

338

216

150

110

84

67

54

Deflection (in.)

0.313

0.557

0.870

1.253

1.706

2.228

2.820

3.481

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.004

0.008

0.015

0.026

0.042

0.064

AU4-5
AH4-5

Load (lbs./ft.)

844

475

304

211

155

119

94

76

Deflection (in.)

0.337

0.599

0.936

1.348

1.834

2.396

3.033

3.744

Deflection Factor

0.004

0.001

0.003

0.006

0.012

0.020

0.032

0.049

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H24

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
5" Straight Sections Series 2-5, 3-5, 4-5 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

AU2-5 / AH2-5

AU3-5 / AH3-5

AU4-5 / AH4-5

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

8.39
11.39
14.39
20.39
26.39
32.39
38.39
44.39

4.89
7.89
10.89
16.89
22.89
28.89
34.89
40.89

8.43
11.43
14.43
20.43
26.43
32.43
38.43
44.43

4.93
7.93
10.93
16.93
22.93
28.93
34.93
40.93

8.45
11.45
14.45
20.45
26.45
32.45
38.45
44.45

4.95
7.95
10.95
16.95
22.95
28.95
34.95
40.95

H
T&B Cable Tray

W (in.)

Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.

SERIES

AU2-5
AH2-5
AU3-5
AH3-5
AU4-5
AH4-5

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

Ix = 4.54 in4
Sx = 1.73 in3
Area = 1.23 in2

Ix = 5.58 in4
Sx = 2.13 in3
Area = 1.52 in2

Ix = 7.31 in4
Sx = 2.66 in3
Area = 1.87 in2

CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA

12C, 16A

20A, 16B

20B, 16C

CSA

D1/6m

E/3m

E/6m

UL

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.50 in2

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H25

Aluminum
6" Straight Sections Series 1-6, 2-6, 3-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 2 - 6 ) - 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Series

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

U U-Beam

1 Series 1

6 (6")

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18* 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

H H-Beam

09 (9")

2 Series 2

12 (12")

3 Series 3

18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

H
T&B Cable Tray

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).

Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

For FITTINGS consult pages H42 to H69.

SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES

10

12

(Feet)
14

16

18

20

AU1-6
AH1-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

511

288

184

128

94

72

57

46

Deflection (in.)

0.191

0.340

0.531

0.764

1.040

1.359

1.720

2.132

0.0004

0.001

0.003

0.006

0.011

0.019

0.030

0.046

AU2-6
AH2-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

589

331

212

147

108

83

65

53

Deflection (in.)

0.203

0.360

0.563

0.811

1.104

1.442

1.825

2.253

0.0003

0.001

0.003

0.006

0.010

0.017

0.028

0.043

AU3-6
AH3-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

889

500

320

222

163

125

99

80

Deflection (in.)

0.199

0.353

0.552

0.794

1.081

1.412

1.788

2.207

0.0002

0.001

0.002

0.004

0.007

0.011

0.018

0.028

Deflection Factor

Deflection Factor

Deflection Factor

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H26

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
6" Straight Sections Series 1-6, 2-6, 3-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

AU1-6 / AH1-6
W (in.)

AU3-6 / AH3-6

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

8.37
11.37
14.37
20.37
26.37
32.37
38.37
44.37

4.87
7.87
10.87
16.87
22.87
28.87
34.87
40.87

8.38
11.38
14.38
20.38
26.38
32.38
38.38
44.38

4.88
7.88
10.88
16.88
22.88
28.88
34.88
40.88

8.89
11.89
14.89
20.89
26.89
32.89
38.89
44.89

4.89
7.89
10.89
16.89
22.89
28.89
34.89
40.89

H
T&B Cable Tray

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AU2-6 / AH2-6

Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.

SERIES

AU1-6
AH1-6
AU2-6
AH2-6
AU3-6
AH3-6

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

Ix = 7.80 in4
Sx = 2.36 in3
Area = 1.43 in2

Ix = 8.47 in4
Sx = 2.59 in3
Area = 1.55 in2

Ix = 13.05 in4
Sx = 3.88 in3
Area = 2.12 in2

CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA

12C, 16A

20A, 16B

20B, 16C

CSA

D1/6m

E/3m

E/6m

UL

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 1.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H27

Aluminum
6" Straight Sections Series 4-6, 5-6, 6-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 5 - 6 ) - 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Series

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

U U-Beam

4 Series 4

6 (6")

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18* 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

H H-Beam

09 (9")

5 Series 5

12 (12")

6 Series 6

18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

H
T&B Cable Tray

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).

Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

For FITTINGS consult pages H42 to H69.

SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES

10

12

(Feet)
14

16

18

20

AU4-6
AH4-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

1133

638

408

283

208

159

126

102

Deflection (in.)

0.238

0.424

0.662

0.954

1.298

1.696

2.146

2.649

0.0002

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.006

0.011

0.017

0.026

AU5-6
AH5-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

1334

756

484

336

247

189

149

121

Deflection (in.)

0.249

0.443

0.693

0.997

1.358

1.773

2.244

2.771

0.0002

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.005

0.009

0.015

0.023

AU6-6
AH6-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

1889

1063

680

472

347

266

210

170

Deflection (in.)

0.315

0.560

0.875

1.260

1.715

2.240

2.835

3.500

0.0002

0.001

0.001

0.003

0.005

0.008

0.014

0.021

Deflection Factor

Deflection Factor

Deflection Factor

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H28

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
6" Straight Sections Series 4-6, 5-6, 6-6 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

AU4-6 / AH4-6
W (in.)

AU6-6 / AH6-6

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

8.90
11.90
14.90
20.90
26.90
32.90
38.90
44.90

4.90
7.90
10.90
16.90
22.90
28.90
34.90
40.90

8.93
11.93
14.93
20.93
26.93
32.93
38.93
44.93

4.93
7.93
10.93
16.93
22.93
28.93
34.93
40.93

9.01
12.01
15.01
21.01
27.01
33.01
39.01
45.01

5.01
8.01
11.01
17.01
23.01
29.01
35.01
41.01

H
T&B Cable Tray

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AU5-6 / AH5-6

Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.

SERIES

AU4-6
AH4-6
AU5-6
AH5-6
AU6-6
AH6-6
\

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

Ix = 13.86 in4
Sx = 4.07 in3
Area = 2.32 in2

Ix = 15.63 in4
Sx = 4.66 in3
Area = 2.68 in2

Ix = 18.84 in4
Sx = 5.51 in3
Area = 3.25 in2

CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA

20C

20C

20C

CSA

N/A

N/A

N/A

UL

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H29

Aluminum
7" Straight Sections Series 2-7, 3-7 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Straight Section Number Selection

( A U 2 - 7 ) - 2 4 - L 0 9 - 14 4
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Series

U U-Beam

2 Series 2

H H-Beam

3 Series 3

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

7 (7")

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

L12 12" rung spacing

3 (3 meters)

* L18* 18" rung spacing

6 (6 meters)

09 (9")
12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")

V Ventilated

36 (36")

S Solid Trough

* 42 (42")

H
T&B Cable Tray

* Only upon request (consult factory for loading).

Technical Specifications
DEFLECTION FACTOR
For lighter loads deflection at any length can be calculated by
multiplying the load by the deflection factor.

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays with
rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint. Continuous
spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

For FITTINGS consult pages H42 to H69.

SUPPORT SPAN
SERIES

10

12

(Feet)
14

16

18

20

AU2-7
AH2-7

Load (lbs./ft.)

844

475

304

211

155

119

94

76

Deflection (in.)

0.149

0.265

0.415

0.597

0.813

1.061

1.343

1.658

0.0002

0.001

0.001

0.003

0.005

0.009

0.014

0.022

AU3-7
AH3-7

Load (lbs./ft.)

1456

819

524

364

267

205

162

131

Deflection (in.)

0.168

0.298

0.466

0.671

0.913

1.192

1.509

1.863

0.0001

0.0004

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.006

0.009

0.014

Deflection Factor

Deflection Factor

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H30

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
7" Straight Sections Series 2-7, 3-7 Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

AU2-7 / AH2-7
W (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

Wo (in.)

Wi (in.)

8.90
11.90
14.90
20.90
26.90
32.90
38.90
44.90

4.90
7.90
10.90
16.90
22.90
28.90
34.90
40.90

9.00
12.00
15.00
21.00
27.00
33.00
39.00
45.00

5.00
8.00
11.00
17.00
23.00
29.00
35.00
41.00

H
T&B Cable Tray

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AU3-7 / AH3-7

Technical Specifications
LOAD RATINGS
1.5 Safety factor. All tray sections will support an additional 200 Lb. concentrated load on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.)
above and beyond published load class.

SERIES

AU2-7
AH2-7
AU3-7
AH3-7

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

Ix = 16.50 in4
Sx = 4.06 in3
Area = 2.14 in2

Ix = 25.32 in4
Sx = 6.35 in3
Area = 3.30 in2

CLASSIFICATIONS
NEMA

20B, 16C

20C

CSA

E/6m

N/A

UL

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2

UL Cross Sectional
Area : 2.00 in2

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H31

Photo courtesy of SYNTECH Syndicated Technologies Ltd.

Aluminum
Fitting Number Selection
Fittings in a cable tray system are required to change cable routing direction and to join
straight sections and other fittings.
This step of the cable tray selection process requires that the specifier chooses between
two distinct styles U and H.
NOTE: The U-Style and H-Style systems are not interchangeable.
Once you have selected a system, you must be consistent.
U-Style Fitting
A U-shaped extrusion forms the fitting siderail.
U-Style fittings utilize a 4" splice plate and the fittings do not have tangents at the extremities.
This style offers maximum quality versus cost ratios of the installation.
H-Style Fitting
An H-shaped extrusion forms the fitting siderail.
H-Style fittings utilize a 7" splice plate and the fittings have 3" tangents at the extremities.
This style offers enhanced aesthetics to the end-user.

H
T&B Cable Tray

Fitting Number Selection

( A U F - 6 ) - 2 4 - L - V O 6 0 - 12
Fitting
Material

Fitting
Style

Siderail
Depth

Width

A Aluminum

U U-Beam

4 (4")

06 (6")

H H-Beam

5 (5")

09 (9")

*** V
Ventilated

6 (6")
7 (7")

12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")

Bottom
Type
L Ladder

**** S
Solid
Trough

30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO
VTD
VTU
HYR
HYL
RT
ET
EX
HLR
HSR

Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Vertical Tee Down
Vertical Tee Up
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
Horizontal Reducing Tee
Horizontal Expanding Tee
Horiz. Expand Cross
Horizontal Left Reducer
Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right
Reducer
CS Cable Support Fitting

Angle
**

Radius

30 (30o)

12 (12")

45 (45o)

24 (24")

60 (60 )

36 (36")

90 (90 )

48 (48")

**

Angle is required for HB, VI, VO only.

Manufactured with 9" rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting.

Radius is not required for the following Fitting Types:


HYR, HYL, HLR, HRR, HSR

***

Manufactured with 4" rung spacing measured at the center line of fitting.

**** Manufactured with flat sheet inserted under rungs with 9" rung spacing
measured at the center line of fitting.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H33

Aluminum
Horizontal Fittings Selection Guide
Horizontal Bends

U-Style

H-Style

90o Horizontal Bend

page H42

90o Horizontal Bend

page H43

page H42

60o Horizontal Bend

page H43

60o Horizontal Bend

page H44

45o Horizontal Bend

page H45

45o Horizontal Bend

page H44

30o Horizontal Bend

page H45

30o Horizontal Bend

T&B Cable Tray

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H34

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Horizontal Fittings Selection Guide
Horizontal Tees, Crosses

U-Style

page H46

H-Style

Tee

page H47

Tee

Cross

page H47

Cross

Horizontal Reducing Tees

U-Beam

page H48

H-Style

page H49

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H35

T&B Cable Tray

page H46

Aluminum
Horizontal Fittings Selection Guide
Horizontal Expanding Tees

U-Style

H-Style

page H50

page H51

H
T&B Cable Tray

Horizontal Expanding / Reducing Crosses

U-Style

H-Style

page H52

page H53

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H36

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Horizontal Fittings Selection Guide
Reducers

U-Style

page H54

H-Style

Offset Reducer - Right

page H55

Offset Reducer - Right

Offset Reducer - Left

Reducer - Straight

T&B Cable Tray

Reducer - Straight

Offset Reducer - Left

Horizontal Wyes

U-Style

page H56

page H56

H-Style

Left Hand Wye

Right Hand Wye

page H57

page H57

Left Hand Wye

Right Hand Wye

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H37

Aluminum
Vertical Fittings Selection Guide
Vertical Bends

U-Style

H-Style

page H58

90o Outside Bend

page H59

90o Outside Bend

page H58

90o Inside Bend

page H59

90o Inside Bend

page H60

60o Outside Bend

page H61

60o Outside Bend

page H60

60o Inside Bend

page H61

60o Inside Bend

T&B Cable Tray

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H38

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Vertical Fittings Selection Guide
Vertical Bends

(Contd.)

U-Style

page H62

H-Style

45o Outside Bend

page H63

45o Outside Bend

45o Inside Bend

page H63

T&B Cable Tray

page H62

45o Inside Bend

page H64

30o Outside Bend

page H65

30o Outside Bend

page H64

30o Inside Bend

page H65

30o Inside Bend

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H39

Aluminum
Vertical Fittings Selection Guide
Vertical Tees Up / Down

U-Style

page H66

H-Style

Up

page H67

Up

T&B Cable Tray

page H66

Down

page H67

Down

Cable Supports

U-Style

H-Style

page H68

page H69

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H40

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Bends 90 / 60

90o Horizontal Bend

60o Horizontal Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide

AUF-4-24-L-HB60-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Width

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius
Angle

T&B Cable Tray

90o Horizontal Bend U-Style


Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

60o Horizontal Bend U-Style

Dimensions
Y
Z

Catalogue Number
AUF()-06-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-09-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-12-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-18-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-24-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-30-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-36-(*)-HB90-12
AUF()-42-(*)-HB90-12

15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33

15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33

15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-09-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-12-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-18-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-24-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-30-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-36-(*)-HB90-24
AUF()-42-(*)-HB90-24

27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45

27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45

17
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-09-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-12-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-18-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-24-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-30-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-36-(*)-HB90-36
AUF()-42-(*)-HB90-36

39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57

39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57

39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-09-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-12-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-18-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-24-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-30-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-36-(*)-HB90-48
AUF()-42-(*)-HB90-48

51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69

51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69

51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69

12

48

Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42


Angle: 90o, 60o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AUF()-06-(*)-HB60-12
9
AUF()-09-(*)-HB60-12
12
AUF()-12-(*)-HB60-12
18
AUF()-18-(*)-HB60-12
24
AUF()-24-(*)-HB60-12
30
AUF()-30-(*)-HB60-12
36
AUF()-36-(*)-HB60-12
42
AUF()-42-(*)-HB60-12

12

Dimensions
Y
Z

13
14-5/16
15-9/16
18-3/16
20-13/16
23-3/8
26
28-9/16

7-1/2
8-1/4
9
10-1/2
12
13-1/2
15
16-1/2

8-11/16
9-1/2
10-3/8
12-1/8
13-7/8
15-9/16
17-5/16
19-1/16

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-09-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-12-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-18-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-24-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-30-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-36-(*)-HB60-24
AUF()-42-(*)-HB60-24

23-3/8
24-11/16
26
28-9/16
31-3/16
33-3/4
36-3/8
39

13-1/2
14-1/4
15
16-1/2
18
19-1/2
21
22-1/2

15-9/16
16-7/16
17-5/16
19-1/16
20-13/16
22-1/2
24-1/4
26

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-09-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-12-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-18-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-24-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-30-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-36-(*)-HB60-36
AUF()-42-(*)-HB60-36

33-3/4
35-1/16
36-3/8
39
41-9/16
44-3/16
46-3/4
49-3/8

19-1/2
20-1/4
21
22-1/2
24
25-1/2
27
28-1/2

22-1/2
23-3/8
24-1/4
26
27-11/16
29-7/16
31-3/16
32-15/16

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-09-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-12-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-18-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-24-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-30-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-36-(*)-HB60-48
AUF()-42-(*)-HB60-48

44-3/16
45-7/16
46-3/4
49-3/8
51-15/16
54-9/16
57-3/16
59-3/4

25-1/2
26-1/4
27
28-1/2
30
31-1/2
33
34-1/2

29-7/16
30-5/16
31-3/16
32-15/16
34-5/8
36-3/8
38-1/8
39-13/16

48

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H42

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Bends 90 / 60

90o Horizontal Bend

60o Horizontal Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o, 60o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

AHF-4-24-L-HB60-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Width
Bottom
Style

Radius
Angle

90 Horizontal Bend H-Style

Dimensions
X
Y
Z

Catalogue Number
AHF()-06-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-09-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-12-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-18-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-24-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-30-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-36-(*)-HB90-12
AHF()-42-(*)-HB90-12

18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36

18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36

18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-09-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-12-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-18-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-24-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-30-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-36-(*)-HB90-24
AHF()-42-(*)-HB90-24

30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48

30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48

30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-09-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-12-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-18-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-24-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-30-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-36-(*)-HB90-36
AHF()-42-(*)-HB90-36

42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60

42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60

42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-09-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-12-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-18-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-24-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-30-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-36-(*)-HB90-48
AHF()-42-(*)-HB90-48

54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

12

48

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AHF()-06-(*)-HB60-12
9
AHF()-09-(*)-HB60-12
12
AHF()-12-(*)-HB60-12
18
AHF()-18-(*)-HB60-12
24
AHF()-24-(*)-HB60-12
30
AHF()-30-(*)-HB60-12
36
AHF()-36-(*)-HB60-12
42
AHF()-42-(*)-HB60-12

12

Dimensions
Y
Z

17-1/2
18-13/16
20-1/16
22-11/16
25-5/16
27-7/8
30-1/2
33-1/16

10-1/8
10-7/8
11-5/8
13-1/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8

11-11/16
12-1/2
13-3/8
15-1/8
16-7/8
18-9/16
20-5/16
22-1/16

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-09-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-12-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-18-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-24-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-30-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-36-(*)-HB60-24
AHF()-42-(*)-HB60-24

27-7/8
29-3/16
30-1/2
33-1/16
35-11/16
38-1/4
40-7/8
43-1/2

16-1/8
16-7/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8

18-9/16
19-7/16
20-5/16
22-1/16
23-13/16
25-1/2
27-1/4
29

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-09-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-12-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-18-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-24-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-30-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-36-(*)-HB60-36
AHF()-42-(*)-HB60-36

38-1/4
39-9/16
40-7/8
43-1/2
46-1/16
48-11/16
51-1/4
53-7/8

22-1/8
22-7/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8

25-1/2
26-3/8
27-1/4
29
30-11/16
32-7/16
34-3/16
35-15/16

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-09-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-12-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-18-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-24-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-30-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-36-(*)-HB60-48
AHF()-42-(*)-HB60-48

48-11/16
49-15/16
51-1/4
53-7/8
56-7/16
59-1/16
61-11/16
64-1/4

28-1/8
28-7/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
37-1/8

32-7/16
33-5/16
34-3/16
35-15/16
37-5/8
39-3/8
41-1/8
42-13/16

48

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H43

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

60 Horizontal Bend H-Style

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Bends 45 / 30

45o Horizontal Bend

30o Horizontal Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide

AUF-4-24-L-HB45-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style

Radius
Angle

T&B Cable Tray

45o Horizontal Bend U-Style

30o Horizontal Bend U-Style

Radius
Dimensions
R
Width Catalogue Number
X
Y
Z
6
AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB45-12 10-5/8
4-3/8
6-3/16
9
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB45-12 11-11/16 4-13/16 6-13/16
12
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB45-12 12-3/4
5-1/4
7-7/16
18
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB45-12 14-7/8
6-1/8
8-11/16
24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB45-12
17
7
9-15/16
30
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB45-12 19-1/16 7-15/16 11-3/16
36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB45-12 21-3/16 8-13/16 12-7/16
42
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB45-12 23-5/16 9-11/16 13-11/16

12

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB45-24 19-1/16 7-15/16


AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB45-24 20-1/8
8-3/8
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB45-24 21-3/16 8-13/16
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB45-24 23-5/16 9-11/16
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB45-24 25-7/16 10-9/16
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB45-24 27-9/16 11-7/16
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB45-24 29-11/16 12-5/16
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB45-24 31-13/16 13-3/16

11-3/16
11-13/16
12-7/16
13-11/16
14-15/16
16-1/8
17-3/8
18-5/8

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB45-36 27-9/16 11-7/16


AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB45-36 28-5/8
11-7/8
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB45-36 29-11/16 12-5/16
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB45-36 31-13/16 13-3/16
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB45-36 33-15/16 14-1/16
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB45-36 36-1/16 14-15/16
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB45-36 38-3/16 15-13/16
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB45-36 40-5/16 16-11/16

16-1/8
16-3/4
17-3/8
18-5/8
19-7/8
21-1/8
22-3/8
23-5/8

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB45-48 36-1/16 14-15/16


AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB45-48 37-1/8
15-3/8
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB45-48 38-3/16 15-13/16
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB45-48 40-5/16 16-11/16
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB45-48 42-7/16 17-9/16
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB45-48 44-9/16 18-7/16
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB45-48 46-11/16 19-5/16
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB45-48 48-13/16 20-3/16

21-1/8
21-3/4
22-3/8
23-5/8
24-7/8
26-1/8
27-5/16
28-9/16

48

Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42


Angle: 45o, 30o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB30-12
9
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB30-12
12
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB30-12
18
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB30-12
24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB30-12
30
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB30-12
36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB30-12
42
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB30-12

12

Dimensions
Y
Z

7-1/2
8-1/4
9
10-1/2
12
13-1/2
15
16-1/2

2
2-3/16
2-7/16
2-13/16
3-3/16
3-5/8
4
4-7/16

4
4-7/16
4-13/16
5-5/8
6-7/16
7-1/4
8-1/16
8-13/16

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB30-24
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB30-24

13-1/2
14-1/4
15
16-1/2
18
19-1/2
21
22-1/2

3-5/8
3-13/16
4
4-7/16
4-13/16
5-1/4
5-5/8
6

7-1/4
7-5/8
8-1/16
8-13/16
9-5/8
10-7/16
11-1/4
12-1/16

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB30-36
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB30-36

19-1/2
20-1/4
21
22-1/2
24
25-1/2
27
28-1/2

5-1/4
5-7/16
5-5/8
6
6-7/16
6-13/16
7-1/4
7-5/8

10-7/16
10-7/8
11-1/4
12-1/16
12-7/8
13-11/16
14-1/2
15-1/4

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)HB30-48
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)HB30-48

25-1/2
26-1/4
27
28-1/2
30
31-1/2
33
34-1/2

6-13/16
7-1/16
7-1/4
7-5/8
8-1/16
8-7/16
8-13/16
9-1/4

13-11/16
14-1/16
14-1/2
15-1/4
16-1/16
16-7/8
17-11/16
18-1/2

48

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H44

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Bends 45 / 30

45o Horizontal Bend

30o Horizontal Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide

AHF-4-24-L-HB45-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style

Radius
Angle

Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

30o Horizontal Bend H-Style

Dimensions
Y
Z

Catalogue Number
AHF()-06-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-09-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-12-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-18-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-24-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-30-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-36-(*)-HB45-12
AHF()-42-(*)-HB45-12

15-3/4
6-1/2
16-13/16 6-15/16
17-7/8
7-3/8
20
8-1/4
22-1/16
9-1/8
24-3/16
10
26-5/16 10-15/16
28-7/16 11-13/16

9-3/16
9-13/16
10-7/16
11-11/16
12-15/16
14-3/16
15-7/16
16-11/16

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-09-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-12-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-18-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-24-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-30-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-36-(*)-HB45-24
AHF()-42-(*)-HB45-24

24-3/16
10
25-1/4
10-1/2
26-5/16 10-15/16
28-7/16 11-13/16
30-9/16 12-11/16
32-11/16 13-9/16
34-13/16 14-7/8
36-15/16 15-5/16

14-3/16
14-13/16
15-7/16
16-11/16
17-15/16
19-1/8
20-3/8
21-5/8

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-09-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-12-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-18-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-24-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-30-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-36-(*)-HB45-36
AHF()-42-(*)-HB45-36

32-11/16 13-9/16
33-3/4
14
34-13/16 14-7/16
36-15/16 15-5/16
39-1/16 16-3/16
41-3/16 17-1/16
43-5/16 17-15/16
45-7/16 18-13/16

19-1/8
19-3/4
20-3/8
21-5/8
22-7/8
24-1/8
25-3/8
26-5/8

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-09-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-12-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-18-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-24-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-30-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-36-(*)-HB45-48
AHF()-42-(*)-HB45-48

41-3/16 17-1/16
42-1/4
17-1/2
43-5/16 17-15/16
45-7/16 18-13/16
47-9/16 19-11/16
49-11/16 20-9/16
51-13/16 21-7/16
53-15/16 22-5/16

24-1/8
24-3/4
25-3/8
26-5/8
27-3/4
29-1/8
30-5/16
31-9/16

12

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AHF()-06-(*)-HB30-12
9
AHF()-09-(*)-HB30-12
12
AHF()-12-(*)-HB30-12
18
AHF()-18-(*)-HB30-12
24
AHF()-24-(*)-HB30-12
30
AHF()-30-(*)-HB30-12
36
AHF()-36-(*)-HB30-12
42
AHF()-42-(*)-HB30-12

12

Dimensions
Y
Z

13-1/8
13-7/8
14-5/8
16-1/8
17-5/8
19-1/8
20-5/8
22-1/8

3-1/2
3-11/16
3-15/16
4-5/16
4-11/16
5-1/8
5-1/2
5-15/16

7
7-7/16
7-13/16
8-5/8
9-7/8
10-1/4
11-1/16
11-13/16

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-09-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-12-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-18-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-24-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-30-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-36-(*)-HB30-24
AHF()-42-(*)-HB30-24

19-1/8
19-7/8
20-5/8
22-1/8
23-5/8
25-1/8
26-5/8
28-1/8

5-1/8
5-5/16
5-1/2
5-5/16
6-5/16
6-3/4
7-1/8
7-1/2

10-1/4
10-5/8
11-1/16
11-13/16
12-5/8
13-7/16
14-1/4
15-1/16

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-09-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-12-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-18-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-24-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-30-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-36-(*)-HB30-36
AHF()-42-(*)-HB30-36

25-1/8
25-7/8
26-5/8
28-1/8
29-5/8
31-1/8
32-5/8
34-1/8

6-3/4
6-15/16
7-1/8
7-1/2
7-15/16
8-5/16
8-3/4
9-1/8

13-7/16
13-7/8
14-1/4
15-1/16
15-7/8
16-11/16
17-1/2
18-1/4

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-09-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-12-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-18-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-24-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-30-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-36-(*)-HB30-48
AHF()-42-(*)-HB30-48

31-1/8
31-7/8
32-5/8
34-1/8
35-5/8
37-1/8
38-5/8
40-1/8

8-5/16
8-9/16
8-3/4
9-1/8
9-9/16
9-15/16
10-5/16
10-3/4

16-11/16
17-1/16
17-1/2
18-1/4
19-1/16
19-7/8
20-11/16
21-1/2

48

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H45

T&B Cable Tray

45o Horizontal Bend H-Style

Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42


Angle: 45o, 30o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Tee, Cross

Tee

Cross

Part Numbering System

AUF-5-06-L-HT-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Width

Fitting Radius
Type

T&B Cable Tray

12

Horizontal CROSS U-Style

Dimensions
X
Y
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33

30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HT24
AUF()-09-(*)-HT24
AUF()-12-(*)-HT24
AUF()-18-(*)-HT24
AUF()-24-(*)-HT24
AUF()-30-(*)-HT24
AUF()-36-(*)-HT24
AUF()-42-(*)-HT24

27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45

54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HT36
AUF()-09-(*)-HT36
AUF()-12-(*)-HT36
AUF()-18-(*)-HT36
AUF()-24-(*)-HT36
AUF()-30-(*)-HT36
AUF()-36-(*)-HT36
AUF()-42-(*)-HT36

39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57

78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HT48
AUF()-09-(*)-HT48
AUF()-12-(*)-HT48
AUF()-18-(*)-HT48
AUF()-24-(*)-HT48
AUF()-30-(*)-HT48
AUF()-36-(*)-HT48
AUF()-42-(*)-HT48

51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69

102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138

48

Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42


Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Bottom
Style

Horizontal TEE U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AUF()-06-(*)-HT12
9
AUF()-09-(*)-HT12
12
AUF()-12-(*)-HT12
18
AUF()-18-(*)-HT12
24
AUF()-24-(*)-HT12
30
AUF()-30-(*)-HT12
36
AUF()-36-(*)-HT12
42
AUF()-42-(*)-HT12

Selection Guide

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AUF()-06-(*)-HX12
9
AUF()-09-(*)-HX12
12
AUF()-12-(*)-HX12
18
AUF()-18-(*)-HX12
24
AUF()-24-(*)-HX12
30
AUF()-30-(*)-HX12
36
AUF()-36-(*)-HX12
42
AUF()-42-(*)-HX12

12

Dimensions
X
Y
15
16-1/2
18
21
24
27
30
33

30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HX24
AUF()-09-(*)-HX24
AUF()-12-(*)-HX24
AUF()-18-(*)-HX24
AUF()-24-(*)-HX24
AUF()-30-(*)-HX24
AUF()-36-(*)-HX24
AUF()-42-(*)-HX24

27
28-1/2
30
33
36
39
42
45

54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HX36
AUF()-09-(*)-HX36
AUF()-12-(*)-HX36
AUF()-18-(*)-HX36
AUF()-24-(*)-HX36
AUF()-30-(*)-HX36
AUF()-36-(*)-HX36
AUF()-42-(*)-HX36

39
40-1/2
42
45
48
51
54
57

78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-HX48
AUF()-09-(*)-HX48
AUF()-12-(*)-HX48
AUF()-18-(*)-HX48
AUF()-24-(*)-HX48
AUF()-30-(*)-HX48
AUF()-36-(*)-HX48
AUF()-42-(*)-HX48

51
52-1/2
54
57
60
63
66
69

102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138

48

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H46

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Tee, Cross

Tee

Cross

Part Numbering System

AHF-5-06-L-HT-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting Radius
Type

H
Horizontal CROSS H-Style

18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36

36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HT24
AHF()-09-(*)-HT24
AHF()-12-(*)-HT24
AHF()-18-(*)-HT24
AHF()-24-(*)-HT24
AHF()-30-(*)-HT24
AHF()-36-(*)-HT24
AHF()-42-(*)-HT24

30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48

60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HT36
AHF()-09-(*)-HT36
AHF()-12-(*)-HT36
AHF()-18-(*)-HT36
AHF()-24-(*)-HT36
AHF()-30-(*)-HT36
AHF()-36-(*)-HT36
AHF()-42-(*)-HT36

42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60

84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HT48
AHF()-09-(*)-HT48
AHF()-12-(*)-HT48
AHF()-18-(*)-HT48
AHF()-24-(*)-HT48
AHF()-30-(*)-HT48
AHF()-36-(*)-HT48
AHF()-42-(*)-HT48

54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144

48

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number
6
AHF()-06-(*)-HX12
9
AHF()-09-(*)-HX12
12
AHF()-12-(*)-HX12
18
AHF()-18-(*)-HX12
24
AHF()-24-(*)-HX12
30
AHF()-30-(*)-HX12
36
AHF()-36-(*)-HX12
42
AHF()-42-(*)-HX12

12

Dimensions
X
Y
18
19-1/2
21
24
27
30
33
36

36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72

24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HX24
AHF()-09-(*)-HX24
AHF()-12-(*)-HX24
AHF()-18-(*)-HX24
AHF()-24-(*)-HX24
AHF()-30-(*)-HX24
AHF()-36-(*)-HX24
AHF()-42-(*)-HX24

30
31-1/2
33
36
39
42
45
48

60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96

36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HX36
AHF()-09-(*)-HX36
AHF()-12-(*)-HX36
AHF()-18-(*)-HX36
AHF()-24-(*)-HX36
AHF()-30-(*)-HX36
AHF()-36-(*)-HX36
AHF()-42-(*)-HX36

42
43-1/2
45
48
51
54
57
60

84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-HX48
AHF()-09-(*)-HX48
AHF()-12-(*)-HX48
AHF()-18-(*)-HX48
AHF()-24-(*)-HX48
AHF()-30-(*)-HX48
AHF()-36-(*)-HX48
AHF()-42-(*)-HX48

54
55-1/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144

48

T&B Cable Tray

Dimensions
X
Y

Catalogue Number
AHF()-06-(*)-HT12
AHF()-09-(*)-HT12
AHF()-12-(*)-HT12
AHF()-18-(*)-HT12
AHF()-24-(*)-HT12
AHF()-30-(*)-HT12
AHF()-36-(*)-HT12
AHF()-42-(*)-HT12

12

Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42


Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Bottom
Style

Horizontal TEE H-Style


Radius
R
Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

Selection Guide

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H47

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Reducing Tee

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AUF-7-42-36-L-RT12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

H
T&B Cable Tray

Width 1

Bottom Fitting Radius


Style Type

Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9


Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid

Width 2

Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal REDUCING TEE U-Style


Widths
W1
W2
36
30
24
18
12
9
6

Catalogue Number
AUF()-4236-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-4230-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-4224-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-4218-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-4212-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-4209-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-4206-(*)-RT(+)

(+) 12" Radius


X
Y

(+) 24" Radius


X
Y

(+) 36" Radius


X
Y

(+) 48" Radius


X
Y

33
33
33
33
33
33
33

60
54
48
42
36
33
30

45
45
45
45
45
45
45

84
78
72
66
60
57
54

57
57
57
57
57
57
57

108
102
96
90
84
81
78

69
69
69
69
69
69
69

132
126
120
114
108
105
102

36

30
24
18
12
9
6

AUF()-3630-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3624-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3618-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3612-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3609-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3606-(*)-RT(+)

30
30
30
30
30
30

54
48
42
36
33
30

42
42
42
42
42
42

78
72
66
60
57
54

54
54
54
54
54
54

102
96
90
84
81
78

66
66
66
66
66
66

126
120
114
108
105
102

30

24
18
12
9
6

AUF()-3024-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3018-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3012-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3009-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-3006-(*)-RT(+)

27
27
27
27
27

48
42
36
33
30

39
39
39
39
39

72
66
60
57
54

51
51
51
51
51

96
90
84
81
78

63
63
63
63
63

120
114
108
105
102

24

18
12
9
6

AUF()-2418-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-2412-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-2409-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-2406-(*)-RT(+)

24
24
24
24

42
36
33
30

36
36
36
36

66
60
57
54

48
48
48
48

90
84
81
78

60
60
60
60

114
108
105
102

18

12
9
6

AUF()-1812-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-1809-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-1806-(*)-RT(+)

21
21
21

36
33
30

33
33
33

60
57
54

45
45
45

84
81
78

57
57
57

108
105
102

12
9

9
6

AUF()-1209-(*)-RT(+)
AUF()-1206-(*)-RT(+)

18
18

33
30

30
30

57
54

42
42

81
78

54
54

105
102

AUF()-0906-(*)-RT(+)

16-1/2

30

28-1/2

54

40-1/2

78

52-1/2

102

42

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12" - 48").
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H48

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Reducing Tee

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AHF-7-42-36-L-RT12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Bottom Fitting Radius


Style Type

Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9


Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid

Width 2

Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal REDUCING TEE H-Style


Catalogue Number
AHF()-4236-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-4230-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-4224-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-4218-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-4212-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-4209-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-4206-(*)-RT(+)

(+) 12" Radius


X
Y

(+) 24" Radius


X
Y

(+) 36" Radius


X
Y

(+) 48" Radius


X
Y

36
36
36
36
36
36
36

66
60
54
48
42
39
36

48
48
48
48
48
48
48

90
84
78
72
66
63
60

60
60
60
60
60
60
60

114
108
102
96
90
87
84

72
72
72
72
72
72
72

138
132
126
120
114
111
108

36

30
24
18
12
9
6

AHF()-3630-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3624-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3618-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3612-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3609-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3606-(*)-RT(+)

33
33
33
33
33
33

60
54
48
42
39
36

45
45
45
45
45
45

84
78
72
66
63
60

57
57
57
57
57
57

108
102
96
90
87
84

69
69
69
69
69
69

132
126
120
114
111
108

30

24
18
12
9
6

AHF()-3024-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3018-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3012-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3009-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-3006-(*)-RT(+)

30
30
30
30
30

54
48
42
39
36

42
42
42
42
42

78
72
66
63
60

54
54
54
54
54

102
96
90
87
84

66
66
66
66
66

126
120
114
111
108

24

18
12
9
6

AHF()-2418-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-2412-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-2409-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-2406-(*)-RT(+)

27
27
27
27

48
42
39
36

39
39
39
39

72
66
63
60

51
51
51
51

96
90
87
84

63
63
63
63

120
114
111
108

18

12
9
6

AHF()-1812-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-1809-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-1806-(*)-RT(+)

24
24
24

42
39
36

36
36
36

66
63
60

48
48
48

90
87
84

60
60
60

114
111
108

12
9

9
6

AHF()-1209-(*)-RT(+)
AHF()-1206-(*)-RT(+)

21
21

39
36

33
33

63
60

45
45

87
84

57
57

111
108

AHF()-0906-(*)-RT(+)

19-1/2

36

31-1/2

60

43-1/2

84

55-1/2

108

42

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12" - 48").
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H49

T&B Cable Tray

Widths
W1
W2
36
30
24
18
12
9
6

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Expanding Tee

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AUF-4-06-09-L-ET24
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

T&B Cable Tray

Width 1

Bottom Fitting Radius


Style Type

Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6


Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid

Width 2

Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal EXPANDING TEE U-Style


Widths
W1
W2

36
30

Catalogue Number

(+) 12" Radius


X
Y

(+) 24" Radius


X
Y

(+) 36" Radius


X
Y

(+) 48" Radius


X
Y

42

AUF()-3642-(*)-ET(+)

30

66

42

90

54

114

66

138

36
42

AUF()-3036-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-3042-(*)-ET(+)

27
27

60
66

39
39

84
90

51
51

108
114

63
63

132
138

24

30
36
42

AUF()-2430-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-2436-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-2442-(*)-ET(+)

24
24
24

54
60
66

36
36
36

78
84
90

48
48
48

102
108
114

60
60
60

126
132
138

18

24
30
36
42

AUF()-1824-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1830-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1836-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1842-(*)-ET(+)

21
21
21
21

48
54
60
66

33
33
33
33

72
78
84
90

45
45
45
45

96
102
108
114

57
57
57
57

120
126
132
138

12

18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-1218-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1224-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1230-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1236-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-1242-(*)-ET(+)

18
18
18
18
18

42
48
54
60
66

30
30
30
30
30

66
72
78
84
90

42
42
42
42
42

90
96
102
108
114

54
54
54
54
54

114
120
126
132
138

12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-0912-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0918-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0924-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0930-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0936-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0942-(*)-ET(+)

16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2
16-1/2

36
42
48
54
60
66

28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2
28-1/2

60
66
72
78
84
90

40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2
40-1/2

84
90
96
102
108
114

52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2
52-1/2

108
114
120
126
132
138

9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-0609-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0612-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0618-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0624-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0630-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0636-(*)-ET(+)
AUF()-0642-(*)-ET(+)

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

33
36
42
48
54
60
66

27
27
27
27
27
27
27

57
60
66
72
78
84
90

39
39
39
39
39
39
39

81
84
90
96
102
108
114

51
51
51
51
51
51
51

105
108
114
120
126
132
138

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12" - 48").
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H50

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Expanding Tee

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AHF-4-06-09-L-ET24
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Bottom Fitting Radius


Style Type

Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6


Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid

Width 2

Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal EXPANDING TEE H-Style

36
30

Catalogue Number

(+) 12" Radius


X
Y

(+) 24" Radius


X
Y

(+) 36" Radius


X
Y

(+) 48" Radius


X
Y

42

AHF()-3642-(*)-ET(+)

33

72

45

96

57

120

69

144

36
42

AHF()-3036-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-3042-(*)-ET(+)

30
30

66
72

42
42

90
96

54
54

114
120

66
66

138
144

24

30
36
42

AHF()-2430-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-2436-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-2442-(*)-ET(+)

27
27
27

60
66
72

39
39
39

84
90
96

51
51
51

108
114
120

63
63
63

132
138
144

18

24
30
36
42

AHF()-1824-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1830-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1836-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1842-(*)-ET(+)

24
24
24
24

54
60
66
72

36
36
36
36

78
84
90
96

48
48
48
48

102
108
114
120

60
60
60
60

126
132
138
144

12

18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-1218-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1224-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1230-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1236-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-1242-(*)-ET(+)

21
21
21
21
21

48
54
60
66
72

33
33
33
33
33

72
78
84
90
96

45
45
45
45
45

96
102
108
114
120

57
57
57
57
57

120
126
132
138
144

12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-0912-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0918-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0924-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0930-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0936-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0942-(*)-ET(+)

19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2
19-1/2

42
48
54
60
66
72

31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2
31-1/2

66
72
78
84
90
96

43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2
43-1/2

90
96
102
108
114
120

55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2
55-1/2

114
120
126
132
138
144

9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-0609-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0612-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0618-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0624-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0630-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0636-(*)-ET(+)
AHF()-0642-(*)-ET(+)

18
18
18
18
18
18
18

39
42
48
54
60
66
72

30
30
30
30
30
30
30

63
66
72
78
84
90
96

42
42
42
42
42
42
42

87
90
96
102
108
114
120

54
54
54
54
54
54
54

111
114
120
126
132
138
144

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12" - 48").
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H51

T&B Cable Tray

Widths
W1
W2

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Expanding Cross

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AUF-5-36-42-L-EX36
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

T&B Cable Tray

Width 1

Bottom Fitting Radius


Style Type

Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6


Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid

Width 2

Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal EXPANDING CROSS U-Style


Widths
W1
W2

36
30

Catalogue Number

(+) 12" Radius


X
Y

(+) 24" Radius


X
Y

(+) 36" Radius


X
Y

(+) 48" Radius


X
Y

42

AUF()-3642-(*)-EX(+)

60

66

84

90

108

114

132

138

36
42

AUF()-3036-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-3042-(*)-EX(+)

54
54

60
66

78
78

84
90

102
102

108
114

126
126

132
138

24

30
36
42

AUF()-2430-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-2436-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-2442-(*)-EX(+)

48
48
48

54
60
66

72
72
72

78
84
90

96
96
96

102
108
114

120
120
120

126
132
138

18

24
30
36
42

AUF()-1824-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1830-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1836-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1842-(*)-EX(+)

42
42
42
42

48
54
60
66

66
66
66
66

72
78
84
90

90
90
90
90

96
102
108
114

114
114
114
114

120
126
132
138

12

18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-1218-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1224-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1230-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1236-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-1242-(*)-EX(+)

36
36
36
36
36

42
48
54
60
66

60
60
60
60
60

66
72
78
84
90

84
84
84
84
84

90
96
102
108
114

108
108
108
108
108

114
120
126
132
138

12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-0912-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0918-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0924-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0930-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0936-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0942-(*)-EX(+)

33
33
33
33
33
33

36
42
48
54
60
66

57
57
57
57
57
57

60
66
72
78
84
90

81
81
81
81
81
81

84
90
96
102
108
114

105
105
105
105
105
105

108
114
120
126
132
138

9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-0609-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0612-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0618-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0624-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0630-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0636-(*)-EX(+)
AUF()-0642-(*)-EX(+)

30
30
30
30
30
30
30

33
36
42
48
54
60
66

54
54
54
54
54
54
54

57
60
66
72
78
84
90

78
78
78
78
78
78
78

81
84
90
96
102
108
114

102
102
102
102
102
102
102

105
108
114
120
126
132
138

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12" - 48").
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H52

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Expanding Cross

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AHF-5-36-42-L-EX36
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Bottom Fitting Radius


Style Type

Tray Widths W1: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6


Tray Widths W2: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid

Width 2

Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal EXPANDING CROSS H-Style

36
30

Catalogue Number

(+) 12" Radius


X
Y

(+) 24" Radius


X
Y

(+) 36" Radius


X
Y

(+) 48" Radius


X
Y

42

AHF()-3642-(*)-EX(+)

66

72

90

96

114

120

138

144

36
42

AHF()-3036-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-3042-(*)-EX(+)

60
60

66
72

84
84

90
96

108
108

114
120

132
132

138
144

24

30
36
42

AHF()-2430-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-2436-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-2442-(*)-EX(+)

54
54
54

60
66
72

78
78
78

84
90
96

102
102
102

108
114
120

126
126
126

132
138
144

18

24
30
36
42

AHF()-1824-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1830-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1836-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1842-(*)-EX(+)

48
48
48
48

54
60
66
72

72
72
72
72

78
84
90
96

96
96
96
96

102
108
114
120

120
120
120
120

126
132
138
144

12

18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-1218-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1224-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1230-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1236-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-1242-(*)-EX(+)

42
42
42
42
42

48
54
60
66
72

66
66
66
66
66

72
78
84
90
96

90
90
90
90
90

96
102
108
114
120

114
114
114
114
114

120
126
132
138
144

12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-0912-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0918-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0924-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0930-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0936-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0942-(*)-EX(+)

39
39
39
39
39
39

42
48
54
60
66
72

63
63
63
63
63
63

66
72
78
84
90
96

87
87
87
87
87
87

90
96
102
108
114
120

111
111
111
111
111
111

114
120
126
132
138
144

9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-0609-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0612-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0618-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0624-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0630-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0636-(*)-EX(+)
AHF()-0642-(*)-EX(+)

36
36
36
36
36
36
36

39
42
48
54
60
66
72

60
60
60
60
60
60
60

63
66
72
78
84
90
96

84
84
84
84
84
84
84

87
90
96
102
108
114
120

108
108
108
108
108
108
108

111
114
120
126
132
138
144

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert radius (12" - 48").
Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H53

T&B Cable Tray

Widths
W1
W2

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Reducers

Offset Reducer - Right

Reducer - Straight

Offset Reducer - Left

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AUF-6-42-36-L-HLR
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Bottom
Style

Fitting
Type

Width 2

Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9


Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

T&B Cable Tray

Horizontal REDUCERS U-Style


Widths
W1
W2
36
30
24
18
12
9
6

LH Reducer
Catalogue Number
AUF()-42-36-(*)-HLR
AUF()-42-30-(*)-HLR
AUF()-42-24-(*)-HLR
AUF()-42-18-(*)-HLR
AUF()-42-12-(*)-HLR
AUF()-42-9-(*)-HLR
AUF()-42-6-(*)-HLR

Straight Reducer (Concentric)


Dim. X Catalogue Number
Dim. X
11-7/16
AUF()-42-36-(*)-HSR
9-3/4
14-15/16 AUF()-42-30-(*)-HSR
11-7/16
18-3/8
AUF()-42-24-(*)-HSR
13-3/8
21-7/8
AUF()-42-18-(*)-HSR
14-5/16
25-5/16
AUF()-42-12-(*)-HSR
16-11/16
27-1/16
AUF()-42-9-(*)-HSR
17-1/2
28-13/16 AUF()-42-6-(*)-HSR
18-3/8

RH Reducer
Catalogue Number
AUF()-42-36-(*)-HRR
AUF()-42-30-(*)-HRR
AUF()-42-24-(*)-HRR
AUF()-42-18-(*)-HRR
AUF()-42-12-(*)-HRR
AUF()-42-9-(*)-HRR
AUF()-42-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
21-7/8
25-5/16
27-1/16
28-13/16

36

30
24
18
12
9
6

AUF()-36-30-(*)-HLR
AUF()-36-24-(*)-HLR
AUF()-36-18-(*)-HLR
AUF()-36-12-(*)-HLR
AUF()-36-9-(*)-HLR
AUF()-36-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
21-7/8
23-9/16
25-5/16

AUF()-36-30-(*)-HSR
AUF()-36-24-(*)-HSR
AUF()-36-18-(*)-HSR
AUF()-36-12-(*)-HSR
AUF()-36-9-(*)-HSR
AUF()-36-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
11-7/16
13-3/8
14-5/16
15-13/16
16-11/16

AUF()-36-30-(*)-HRR
AUF()-36-24-(*)-HRR
AUF()-36-18-(*)-HRR
AUF()-36-12-(*)-HRR
AUF()-36-9-(*)-HRR
AUF()-36-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
21-7/8
23-9/16
25-5/16

30

24
18
12
9
6

AUF()-30-24-(*)-HLR
AUF()-30-18-(*)-HLR
AUF()-30-12-(*)-HLR
AUF()-30-9-(*)-HLR
AUF()-30-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
20-1/8
21-7/8

AUF()-30-24-(*)-HSR
AUF()-30-18-(*)-HSR
AUF()-30-12-(*)-HSR
AUF()-30-9-(*)-HSR
AUF()-30-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
11-7/16
13-3/16
14-1/16
14-15/16

AUF()-30-24-(*)-HRR
AUF()-30-18-(*)-HRR
AUF()-30-12-(*)-HRR
AUF()-30-9-(*)-HRR
AUF()-30-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
20-1/8
21-7/8

24

18
12
9
6

AUF()-24-18-(*)-HLR
AUF()-24-12-(*)-HLR
AUF()-24-9-(*)-HLR
AUF()-24-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
14-15/16
16-11/16
18-3/8

AUF()-24-18-(*)-HSR
AUF()-24-12-(*)-HSR
AUF()-24-9-(*)-HSR
AUF()-24-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
11-7/16
12-5/16
13-3/16

AUF()-24-18-(*)-HRR
AUF()-24-12-(*)-HRR
AUF()-24-9-(*)-HRR
AUF()-24-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
16-11/16
18-3/8

18

12
9
6

AUF()-18-12-(*)-HLR
AUF()-18-9-(*)-HLR
AUF()-18-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
13-3/16
14-15/16

AUF()-18-12-(*)-HSR
AUF()-18-9-(*)-HSR
AUF()-18-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
10-5/8
11-7/16

AUF()-18-12-(*)-HRR
AUF()-18-9-(*)-HRR
AUF()-18-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
13-3/16
14-15/16

12
9

9
6

AUF()-12-39-(*)-HLR
AUF()-12-6-(*)-HLR

9-3/4
11-7/16

AUF()-12-9-(*)-HSR
AUF()-12-6-(*)-HSR

8-7/8
9-3/4

AUF()-12-9-(*)-HRR
AUF()-12-6-(*)-HRR

9-3/4
11-7/16

AUF()-09-6-(*)-HLR

9-3/4

AUF()-09-6-(*)-HSR

8-7/8

AUF()-09-6-(*)-HRR

9-3/4

42

Dim. X

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H54

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Reducers

Offset Reducer - Right

Reducer - Straight

Offset Reducer - Left

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

AHF-6-42-36-L-HLR
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Bottom Fitting
Type
Style
Width 2

Tray Widths W1: 42, 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9


Tray Widths W2: 36, 30, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Horizontal REDUCERS H-Style


LH Reducer
Catalogue Number
AHF()-42-36-(*)-HLR
AHF()-42-30-(*)-HLR
AHF()-42-24-(*)-HLR
AHF()-42-18-(*)-HLR
AHF()-42-12-(*)-HLR
AHF()-42-9-(*)-HLR
AHF()-42-6-(*)-HLR

Straight Reducer (Concentric)


Dim. X Catalogue Number
Dim. X
11-7/16
AHF()-42-36-(*)-HSR
9-3/4
14-15/16 AHF()-42-30-(*)-HSR
11-7/16
18-3/8
AHF()-42-24-(*)-HSR
13-3/8
21-7/8
AHF()-42-18-(*)-HSR
14-5/16
25-5/16
AHF()-42-12-(*)-HSR
16-11/16
27-1/16
AHF()-42-9-(*)-HSR
17-1/2
28-13/16 AHF()-42-6-(*)-HSR
18-3/8

36

30
24
18
12
9
6

AHF()-36-30-(*)-HLR
AHF()-36-24-(*)-HLR
AHF()-36-18-(*)-HLR
AHF()-36-12-(*)-HLR
AHF()-36-9-(*)-HLR
AHF()-36-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
21-7/8
23-9/16
25-5/16

AHF()-36-30-(*)-HSR
AHF()-36-24-(*)-HSR
AHF()-36-18-(*)-HSR
AHF()-36-12-(*)-HSR
AHF()-36-9-(*)-HSR
AHF()-36-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
11-7/16
13-3/8
14-5/16
15-13/16
16-11/16

AHF()-36-30-(*)-HRR
AHF()-36-24-(*)-HRR
AHF()-36-18-(*)-HRR
AHF()-36-12-(*)-HRR
AHF()-36-9-(*)-HRR
AHF()-36-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
21-7/8
23-9/16
25-5/16

30

24
18
12
9
6

AHF()-30-24-(*)-HLR
AHF()-30-18-(*)-HLR
AHF()-30-12-(*)-HLR
AHF()-30-9-(*)-HLR
AHF()-30-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
20-1/8
21-7/8

AHF()-30-24-(*)-HSR
AHF()-30-18-(*)-HSR
AHF()-30-12-(*)-HSR
AHF()-30-9-(*)-HSR
AHF()-30-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
11-7/16
13-3/16
14-1/16
14-15/16

AHF()-30-24-(*)-HRR
AHF()-30-18-(*)-HRR
AHF()-30-12-(*)-HRR
AHF()-30-9-(*)-HRR
AHF()-30-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
20-1/8
21-7/8

24

18
12
9
6

AHF()-24-18-(*)-HLR
AHF()-24-12-(*)-HLR
AHF()-24-9-(*)-HLR
AHF()-24-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
14-15/16
16-11/16
18-3/8

AHF()-24-18-(*)-HSR
AHF()-24-12-(*)-HSR
AHF()-24-9-(*)-HSR
AHF()-24-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
11-7/16
12-5/16
13-3/16

AHF()-24-18-(*)-HRR
AHF()-24-12-(*)-HRR
AHF()-24-9-(*)-HRR
AHF()-24-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
14-15/16
16-11/16
18-3/8

18

12
9
6

AHF()-18-12-(*)-HLR
AHF()-18-9-(*)-HLR
AHF()-18-6-(*)-HLR

11-7/16
13-3/16
14-15/16

AHF()-18-12-(*)-HSR
AHF()-18-9-(*)-HSR
AHF()-18-6-(*)-HSR

9-3/4
10-5/8
11-7/16

AHF()-18-12-(*)-HRR
AHF()-18-9-(*)-HRR
AHF()-18-6-(*)-HRR

11-7/16
13-3/16
14-15/16

12
9

9
6

AHF()-12-39-(*)-HLR
AHF()-12-6-(*)-HLR

9-3/4
11-7/16

AHF()-12-9-(*)-HSR
AHF()-12-6-(*)-HSR

8-7/8
9-3/4

AHF()-12-9-(*)-HRR
AHF()-12-6-(*)-HRR

9-3/4
11-7/16

AHF()-09-6-(*)-HLR

9-3/4

AHF()-09-6-(*)-HSR

8-7/8

AHF()-09-6-(*)-HRR

9-3/4

42

RH Reducer
Catalogue Number
AHF()-42-36-(*)-HRR
AHF()-42-30-(*)-HRR
AHF()-42-24-(*)-HRR
AHF()-42-18-(*)-HRR
AHF()-42-12-(*)-HRR
AHF()-42-9-(*)-HRR
AHF()-42-6-(*)-HRR

Dim. X
11-7/16
14-15/16
18-3/8
21-7/8
25-5/16
27-1/16
28-13/16

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H55

T&B Cable Tray

Widths
W1
W2
36
30
24
18
12
9
6

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Horizontal Wye 45

Left Hand Wye

Right Hand Wye

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

Inside Tray Widths:


6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42

AUF-6-36-L-HYL
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Width

Fitting
Type

Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid


Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Bottom
Style

T&B Cable Tray

45o Horizontal WYE U-Style


Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

Left Hand Wye


Catalogue Number
AUF()-06-(*)-HYL
AUF()-09-(*)-HYL
AUF()-12-(*)-HYL
AUF()-18-(*)-HYL
AUF()-24-(*)-HYL
AUF()-30-(*)-HYL
AUF()-36-(*)-HYL

Right Hand Wye


Catalogue Number
AUF()-06-(*)-HYR
AUF()-09-(*)-HYR
AUF()-12-(*)-HYR
AUF()-18-(*)-HYR
AUF()-24-(*)-HYR
AUF()-30-(*)-HYR
AUF()-36-(*)-HYR

Dimensions
Y

17-5/16
20-5/16
23-5/16
29-5/16
35-5/16
41-5/16
47-5/16

14-13/16
19-15/16
25
35-1/4
45-1/2
55-3/4
66

12-7/16
15-7/16
18-7/16
24-7/16
30-7/16
36-7/16
42-7/16

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H56

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Horizontal Wye 45

Left Hand Wye

Right Hand Wye

Selection Guide

Part Numbering System

Inside Tray Widths:


6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42

AHF-6-36-L-HYL
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid


Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Bottom
Style

Width
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

Left Hand Wye


Catalogue Number
AHF()-06-(*)-HYL
AHF()-09-(*)-HYL
AHF()-12-(*)-HYL
AHF()-18-(*)-HYL
AHF()-24-(*)-HYL
AHF()-30-(*)-HYL
AHF()-36-(*)-HYL

Right Hand Wye


Catalogue Number
AHF()-06-(*)-HYR
AHF()-09-(*)-HYR
AHF()-12-(*)-HYR
AHF()-18-(*)-HYR
AHF()-24-(*)-HYR
AHF()-30-(*)-HYR
AHF()-36-(*)-HYR

Dimensions
Y

17-5/16
20-5/16
23-5/16
29-5/16
35-5/16
41-5/16
47-5/16

14-13/16
19-15/16
25
35-1/4
45-1/2
55-3/4
66

12-7/16
15-7/16
18-7/16
24-7/16
30-7/16
36-7/16
42-7/16

T&B Cable Tray

45o Horizontal WYE H-Style

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H57

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 90

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

AUF-7-30-L-VI90-36
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Degree

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

T&B Cable Tray

90o Vertical BEND U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)90-12
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)90-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)90-24
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)90-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)90-36
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)90-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)90-48
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)90-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

7"
Y

12

12

12

16-3/16 16-3/16 16-3/16 17-1/16 17-1/16 17-1/16 18-1/4

18-1/4 18-1/4

19-1/4

19-1/4 19-1/4

24

24

24

28-3/16 28-3/16 28-3/16 29-1/16 29-1/16 29-1/16 30-1/4

30-1/4 30-1/4

31-1/4

31-1/4 31-1/4

36

36

36

40-3/16 40-3/16 40-3/16 41-1/16 41-1/16 41-1/16 42-1/4

42-1/4 42-1/4

43-1/4

43-1/4 43-1/4

48

48

48

52-3/16 52-3/16 52-3/16 53-1/16 53-1/16 53-1/16 54-1/4

54-1/4 54-1/4

55-1/4

55-1/4 55-1/4

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H58

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 90

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

AHF-7-30-L-VI90-36
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style

Radius

Degree

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 90o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

90o Vertical BEND H-Style

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)90-12
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)90-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)90-24
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)90-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)90-36
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)90-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)90-48
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)90-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

7"
Y

15

15

15

19-3/16 19-3/16 19-3/16 20-1/16 20-1/16 20-1/16 21-1/4

21-1/4 21-1/4

22-1/4

22-1/4 22-1/4

27

27

27

31-3/16 31-3/16 31-3/16 32-1/16 32-1/16 32-1/16 33-1/4

33-1/4 33-1/4

34-1/4

34-1/4 34-1/4

39

39

39

43-3/16 43-3/16 43-3/16 44-1/16 44-1/16 44-1/16 45-1/4

45-1/4 45-1/4

46-1/4

46-1/4 46-1/4

51

51

51

55-3/16 55-3/16 55-3/16 56-1/16 56-1/16 56-1/16 57-1/4

57-1/4 57-1/4

58-1/4

58-1/4 58-1/4

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H59

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 60

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide

AUF-7-36-V-VO60-24
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type
Bottom
Style

Radius
Degree

Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42


Angle: 60o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

T&B Cable Tray

60o Vertical BEND U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)60-12
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)60-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)60-24
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)60-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)60-36
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)60-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)60-48
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)60-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

14

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

10-3/16 9-5/16 14-13/16 11-1/16 9-7/8

10-3/8

6-15/16

20-6/8

12

13-7/8

31-1/8

18 20-13/16 34-13/16 22-3/16 23-3/16 35-9/16 23-1/16 23-11/16 36-9/16 24-1/4 24-3/8

41-5/8

24 27-11/16 45-3/16 28-3/16 30-1/8 45-15/16 29-1/16 30-5/8

24-3/8 16-3/16 16-1/4

15-13/16 12-1/4 10-1/2

7"
Y

16-5/8 13-1/4 11-1/8

25-3/16 17-1/16 16-13/16 26-3/16 18-1/4 17-7/16 27-1/16 19-1/4

47

18

37-7/16 25-1/4 24-15/16

30-1/4 31-5/16 47-13/16 31-1/4 31-7/8

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H60

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 60

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

AHF-7-36-V-VO60-24
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Degree

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths: 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 60o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

60o Vertical BEND H-Style

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)60-12
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)60-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)60-24
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)60-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)60-36
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)60-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)60-48
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)60-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

14-7/8

8-5/8

25-5/16 14-5/8

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

9-15/16 18-1/2 12-3/4 12-5/16 19-5/16 13-11/16 12-7/8 20-5/16 14-13/16 13-1/2

16-7/8

28-7/8 18-3/4

7"
Y

21-1/8 15-13/16 14-1/8

19-1/4 29-11/16 19-11/1619-13/16 30-11/16 20-13/16 20-7/16 31-9/16 21-13/16

21

35-11/16 20-5/8 23-13/16 39-5/16 24-3/4 26-3/16 40-1/16 25-11/1626-11/16 41-1/16 26-13/16 27-3/8 41-15/1627-13/1627-15/16

46-1/16 26-5/8 30-11/16 49-11/16 30-3/4

33-1/8 50-7/16 31-11/16 33-5/8

51-1/2 32-13/16 34-5/16 52-5/16 33-13/16 34-7/8

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H61

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 45

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

AUF-5-24-S-VI45-48
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

H
T&B Cable Tray

Width

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Degree

45o Vertical BEND U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)45-12
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)45-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)45-24
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)45-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)45-36
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)45-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)45-48
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)45-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

8-1/2

3-1/2

17

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

11-7/16 7-11/16 6-11/16 12-1/16 8-5/8

7-1/16

9-15/16 19-15/16 11-3/16 11-11/16 20-9/16 12-1/8 12-1/16

12-7/8

9-3/4

7"
Y

7-9/16

13-9/16 10-3/4 7-15/16

21-3/8 13-1/4 12-1/2

22-1/16 14-1/4 12-15/16

30-9/16 17-3/4 17-7/8

25-7/16 10-9/1614-15/16 28-7/16 14-3/4 16-5/8

29-1/16 15-5/8

17

29-7/8 16-3/4 17-1/2

33-15/16 14-1/16 19-7/8

37-9/16 19-1/8

22

38-3/8 20-1/4 22-7/16 39-1/16 21-1/4 22-7/8

36-7/8 18-1/4 21-5/8

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H62

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 45

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 45o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

AHF-5-24-S-VI45-48
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Degree

45o Vertical BEND H-Style

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)45-12
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)45-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)45-24
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)45-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)45-36
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)45-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)45-48
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)45-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

13-5/8

5-5/8

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

16-9/16 9-13/16 9-11/16 17-3/16 10-11/16 10-1/16

18

7"
Y

11-7/8 10-9/16 18-11/16 12-7/8 10-15/16

22-1/16 9-1/8 12-15/16 25-1/16 13-5/16 14-11/16 25-11/16 14-1/4 15-1/16 26-1/2

15-3/8 15-1/2 27-3/16 16-3/8 15-15/16

30-9/16 12-11/16 17-15/16 33-1/2 16-13/16 19-5/8 34-3/16 17-3/4

20

18-7/8 20-1/2 35-11/16 19-7/8 20-7/8

39-1/16 16-3/16 22-7/8

25

42

20-3/8

24-5/8 42- 5/8 21-1/4

35

43-1/2 22-7/16 25-7/16 44-3/16 23-3/8 25-7/8

() Insert side rail depth.(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H63

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 30

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide

AUF-6-12-L-VO30-24
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

H
T&B Cable Tray

Width

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius
Degree

Inside Tray Widths:


6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 30o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

30o Vertical BEND U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)30-12
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)30-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)30-24
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)30-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)30-36
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)30-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-09-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-12-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-18-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-24-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-30-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-36-(*)-(+)30-48
AUF()-42-(*)-(+)30-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

4"
Y

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

7"
Y

1-5/8 3-3/16

8-1/16 5-13/16 4-5/16

8-9/16 6-11/16 4-9/16

9-1/8

7-7/8

4-7/8

9-5/8 8-13/16 5-1/8

12

3-3/16 6-7/16

14-1/16 7-3/8

7-9/16

14-9/16 8-5/16 7-13/16

15-1/8 9-7/16

8-1/8

15-5/8 10-7/16 8-3/8

18

4-13/16 9-5/8

20-1/16

10-3/4

20-9/16 9-7/8

21-1/8 11-1/16 11-5/16

21-5/8 12-1/16 11-9/16

24

6-7/16 12-7/8

26-1/16 10-5/8

27-1/8 12-11/16 14-9/16

27-5/8 13-5/8 14-13/16

14

11

26-9/16 11-1/2 14-1/4

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H64

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Vertical Bends 30

Outside Bend

Inside Bend

Part Numbering System

Selection Guide

AHF-6-12-L-VO30-24
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius
Degree

Inside Tray Widths:


6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Angle: 30o
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

30o Vertical BEND H-Style

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()18-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)30-12
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)30-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)30-24
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)30-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)30-36
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)30-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-09-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-12-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-18-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-24-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-30-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-36-(*)-(+)30-48
AHF()-42-(*)-(+)30-48

(+) VO Siderail
Height 4" - 7"
X
Y
Z

11-5/8

3-1/8

4"
Y

6-3/16 13-11/16 7-5/16

(+) VI Siderail Height


5"
6"
Y
Z
X
Y

7-5/16

14-1/8

8-3/16 7-9/16 14-11/16 9-3/8

7"
Y

7-7/8 13-11/16 10-5/16 8-1/8

17-5/8 4-11/16 9-7/16 19-11/16 8-7/8

10-9/16 20-1/8 9-13/16 10-13/16 20-11/16 10-15/16 11-1/8 19-11/1611-15/16 11-3/8

23-5/8 6-5/16

13-6/8

26-1/8

11-3/8

17

32-1/8

13

12-5/8 25-11/16 10-1/2

29-5/8 7-15/16 15-7/8 31-11/16 12-1/8

14

26-11/16 12-9/16 14-5/16 25-11/16 13-9/16 14-9/16

17-1/4 32-11/16 14-3/16 17-9/16 31-11/16 15-1/8 17-13/16

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. (+) Insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside.
Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H65

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Vertical Tee Up / Down

Down

Up

Part Numbering System

AUF-6-24-L-VTD-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Radius

Bottom
Style

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

T&B Cable Tray

Vertical TEE Up/Down U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

12

24

36

48

4"
Catalogue Number

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-09-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-12-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-18-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-24-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-30-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-36-(*)-VTU12
AUF()-42-(*)-VTU12

AUF-06-(*)-VTD12
AUF-09-(*)-VTD12
AUF-12-(*)-VTD12
AUF-18-(*)-VTD12
AUF-24-(*)-VTD12
AUF-30-(*)-VTD12
AUF-36-(*)-VTD12
AUF-42-(*)-VTD12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-09-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-12-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-18-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-24-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-30-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-36-(*)-VTU24
AUF()-42-(*)-VTU24

AUF-06-(*)-VTD24
AUF-09-(*)-VTD24
AUF-12-(*)-VTD24
AUF-18-(*)-VTD24
AUF-24-(*)-VTD24
AUF-30-(*)-VTD24
AUF-36-(*)-VTD24
AUF-42-(*)-VTD24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-09-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-12-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-18-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-24-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-30-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-36-(*)-VTU36
AUF()-42-(*)-VTU36

AUF-06-(*)-VTD36
AUF-09-(*)-VTD36
AUF-12-(*)-VTD36
AUF-18-(*)-VTD36
AUF-24-(*)-VTD36
AUF-30-(*)-VTD36
AUF-36-(*)-VTD36
AUF-42-(*)-VTD36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-09-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-12-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-18-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-24-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-30-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-36-(*)-VTU48
AUF()-42-(*)-VTU48

AUF-06-(*)-VTD48
AUF-09-(*)-VTD48
AUF-12-(*)-VTD48
AUF-18-(*)-VTD48
AUF-24-(*)-VTD48
AUF-30-(*)-VTD48
AUF-36-(*)-VTD48
AUF-42-(*)-VTD48

Siderail Height H
5"
6"
Y
X

14-1/16

28-3/16

14-9/16

29-1/16

26-1/16

52-3/16

26-9/16

38-1/16

76-3/16

50-1/16

100-3/16

7"
Y

15-1/8

30-1/4

15-5/8

31-1/4

53-1/16

27-1/8

54-1/4

27-5/8

55-1/4

38-9/16

77-1/16

39-1/8

78-1/4

39-5/8

79-1/4

50 9/16

101-1/16

51-1/8

102-1/4

51-5/8

103-1/4

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H66

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Vertical Tee Up / Down

Up

Down

Part Numbering System

AHF-6-24-L-VTD-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting
Type

Radius

Bottom
Style

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Vertical TEE Up/Down H-Style

12

24

36

48

4"
Catalogue Number

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-09-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-12-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-18-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-24-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-30-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-36-(*)-VTU12
AHF()-42-(*)-VTU12

AHF-06-(*)-VTD12
AHF-09-(*)-VTD12
AHF-12-(*)-VTD12
AHF-18-(*)-VTD12
AHF-24-(*)-VTD12
AHF-30-(*)-VTD12
AHF-36-(*)-VTD12
AHF-42-(*)-VTD12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-09-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-12-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-18-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-24-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-30-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-36-(*)-VTU24
AHF()-42-(*)-VTU24

AHF-06-(*)-VTD24
AHF-09-(*)-VTD24
AHF-12-(*)-VTD24
AHF-18-(*)-VTD24
AHF-24-(*)-VTD24
AHF-30-(*)-VTD24
AHF-36-(*)-VTD24
AHF-42-(*)-VTD24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-09-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-12-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-18-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-24-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-30-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-36-(*)-VTU36
AHF()-42-(*)-VTU36

AHF-06-(*)-VTD36
AHF-09-(*)-VTD36
AHF-12-(*)-VTD36
AHF-18-(*)-VTD36
AHF-24-(*)-VTD36
AHF-30-(*)-VTD36
AHF-36-(*)-VTD36
AHF-42-(*)-VTD36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-09-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-12-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-18-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-24-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-30-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-36-(*)-VTU48
AHF()-42-(*)-VTU48

AHF-06-(*)-VTD48
AHF-09-(*)-VTD48
AHF-12-(*)-VTD48
AHF-18-(*)-VTD48
AHF-24-(*)-VTD48
AHF-30-(*)-VTD48
AHF-36-(*)-VTD48
AHF-42-(*)-VTD48

Siderail Height H
5"
6"
Y
X

17-1/16

34-3/16

17-9/16

35-1/16

29-1/16

58-3/16

29-9/16

41-1/16

82-3/16

53-1/16

106-3/16

7"
Y

18-1/8

36-1/4

18-5/8

37-1/4

59-1/16

30-1/8

60-1/4

30-5/8

61-1/4

41-9/16

83-1/16

42-1/8

84-1/4

42-5/8

85-1/4

53-9/16

107-1/16

54-1/8

108-1/4

54-5/8

109-1/4

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H67

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

Aluminum
U-Style Fittings Cable Support

Part Numbering System

AUF-5-24-V-CS-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail
Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

T&B Cable Tray

Width

Fitting Radius
Type

Bottom
Style

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Vertical TEE Up/Down U-Style


Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-CS12
AUF()-09-(*)-CS12
AUF()-12-(*)-CS12
AUF()-18-(*)-CS12
AUF()-24-(*)-CS12
AUF()-30-(*)-CS12
AUF()-36-(*)-CS12
AUF()-42-(*)-CS12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-CS24
AUF()-09-(*)-CS24
AUF()-12-(*)-CS24
AUF()-18-(*)-CS24
AUF()-24-(*)-CS24
AUF()-30-(*)-CS24
AUF()-36-(*)-CS24
AUF()-42-(*)-CS24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-CS36
AUF()-09-(*)-CS36
AUF()-12-(*)-CS36
AUF()-18-(*)-CS36
AUF()-24-(*)-CS36
AUF()-30-(*)-CS36
AUF()-36-(*)-CS36
AUF()-42-(*)-CS36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AUF()-06-(*)-CS48
AUF()-09-(*)-CS48
AUF()-12-(*)-CS48
AUF()-18-(*)-CS48
AUF()-24-(*)-CS48
AUF()-30-(*)-CS48
AUF()-36-(*)-CS48
AUF()-42-(*)-CS48

4"

Siderail Height H
5"
6"
Y
X

16-3/16

12

17-1/16

12

28-3/16

24

29-1/16

40-3/16

36

52-3/16

48

7"
Y

18-1/4

12

19-1/4

12

24

30-1/4

24

31-1/4

24

41-1/16

36

42-1/4

36

43-1/4

36

53-1/16

48

54-1/4

48

55-1/4

48

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H68

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
H-Style Fittings Cable Support

Part Numbering System

AHF-5-24-V-CS-12
Fitting Material
and Siderail

Width

Siderail
Depth

Technical Specifications

Fitting Radius
Type
Bottom
Style

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42
Radius: 12, 24, 36, 48
Bottom Styles: L Ladder, V Ventilated, S Solid
Side Rail Depth: 4 7

Vertical TEE Up/Down H-Style

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-CS12
AHF()-09-(*)-CS12
AHF()-12-(*)-CS12
AHF()-18-(*)-CS12
AHF()-24-(*)-CS12
AHF()-30-(*)-CS12
AHF()-36-(*)-CS12
AHF()-42-(*)-CS12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-CS24
AHF()-09-(*)-CS24
AHF()-12-(*)-CS24
AHF()-18-(*)-CS24
AHF()-24-(*)-CS24
AHF()-30-(*)-CS24
AHF()-36-(*)-CS24
AHF()-42-(*)-CS24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-CS36
AHF()-09-(*)-CS36
AHF()-12-(*)-CS36
AHF()-18-(*)-CS36
AHF()-24-(*)-CS36
AHF()-30-(*)-CS36
AHF()-36-(*)-CS36
AHF()-42-(*)-CS36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

AHF()-06-(*)-CS48
AHF()-09-(*)-CS48
AHF()-12-(*)-CS48
AHF()-18-(*)-CS48
AHF()-24-(*)-CS48
AHF()-30-(*)-CS48
AHF()-36-(*)-CS48
AHF()-42-(*)-CS48

4"

Siderail Height H
5"
6"
Y
X

19-3/16

15

20-1/16

15

31-3/16

27

32-1/16

43-3/16

39

55-3/16

51

T&B Cable Tray

Radius
R
Width Catalogue Number

7"
Y

21-1/4

15

22-1/4

15

27

33-1/4

27

34-1/4

27

44-1/16

39

45-1/4

39

46-1/4

39

56-1/16

51

57-1/4

51

58-1/4

51

() Insert side rail depth. (*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalogue Number. Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H69

Aluminum
Covers Straight Cover Number Selection
Tray Covers

Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed where falling objects
may damage cables or where vertical tray run is accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.

Solid Covers

T&B Cable Tray

These covers provide maximum mechanical


protection for cables with limited heat build
up. Solid covers are available with or
without flange.
Flanged covers have d" flange.
Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.

Ventilated Flanged Covers

This design offers excellent mechanical


protection while allowing heat produced by
cables to dissipate.
Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.

Peaked Flanged Covers

Peaked covers offer mechanical protection


reduce pooling of liquids on the cover and
accumulation of snow or ice.
Peaked covers have 15 rise.
Covers greater than 12" wide available in
72" and 3m lengths only.
Fittings covers are not available in
Peaked Flanged.
Cover mounting hardware must be
ordered separately.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H70

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Covers Straight Cover Number Selection

Straight Cover Number Selection

(ABW-1-12)-SNC-72
Material

Cover Series

Width

Cover Type

Length

ABW Aluminum
Accessory

1 For tray series: AU04, AU14, AH04, AH14


2 For tray series: AU24, AU36, AU44, AU54
AU25, AU35, AU45, AU16, AU26, AH24,
AH36, AH44, AH54, AH25, AH35, AH45,
AH16, AH26
3 For tray series: AU36, AU46, AU56, AU66
AU27, AU37, AH36, AH46, AH56, AH66
AH27, AH37

06 (6")
09 (9")
12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

SNC Solid Non-Flanged Cover

72 (72)

SFC Solid Flanged Cover

144 (12ft)

VFC Ventilated Flanged Cover

3m

*PFC Peaked Flanged Cover

* Peaked covers greater than 12" wide available in 72" and 3m lengths only.

H
T&B Cable Tray

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H71

Aluminum
Covers Fitting Cover Number Selection

Fitting Cover Number Selection

AUW-12-SNC-HB90-24
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style
U U-Beam
H H-Beam

Width

Cover Type

06 (6")
09 (9")
12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

SNC
Solid Non-Flanged Cover

Fitting Type
HB
VI

Horizontal Bend
Vertical Inside Bend

SFC
Solid Flanged Cover

Degree

Radius

30 (30o)

12 (12")

45 (45 )

24 (24")

60 (60 )

36 (36")

90 (90o)

48 (48")

VFC
Ventilated Flanged Cover

T&B Cable Tray

H
Fitting Cover Number Selection

A U W - 1 8 - 1 2 - S N C - R T- 1 2
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style
U U-Beam
H H-Beam

Width 1

Width 2

Cover Type

06 (6")
09 (9")
12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

06 (6")
09 (9")
12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

SNC
Solid Non-Flanged Cover

RT
ET
EX

SFC
Solid Flanged Cover

HSR

NOTE: For ET and EX, W2 > W1. For RT, HSR, HLR, HRR, W1 > W2.

VFC
Ventilated Flanged Cover

Radius
*

Fitting Type

HLR
HRR
CS
HT
HX
VTU
HYR
HYL

Horizontal Reduce Tee


Horizontal Expand Tee
Horizontal Expand Tee &
Reduce Cross
Horizontal Straight
Reducer
Horizontal Left Reducer
Horizontal Right Reducer
Cable Support
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Tee Up
Horizontal Wye Right
Horizontal Wye Left
*

12 (12")
24 (24")
36 (36")
48 (48")

Radius not required for


HSR, HLR, HRR, HYR, HYL

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H72

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Covers Fitting Cover Number Selection

Fitting Cover Number Selection

AUW-4-12-SNC-VO90-24
Material
A Aluminum

Fitting
Style

Siderail
Height

U U-Beam

H H-Beam

5
6
7

Width 2

Cover Type

06 (6")
09 (9")
12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")
30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

SNC
Solid Non-Flanged Cover
SFC
Solid Flanged Cover
VFC
Ventilated Flanged Cover

*Degree

Radius

VO
Vertical Outside
Bend

30 (30o)

12 (12")

45 (45o)

24 (24")

VTD
Vertical Tee Down

60 (60 )

36 (36")

90 (90o)

48 (48")

Fitting Type

Not required for VTD.

H
T&B Cable Tray

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H73

Aluminum
Accessories For Covers
Quantity of Standard Cover Clamps Required
Straight section (6 ft.)
Straight section (12 ft./ 3m)
Horizontal and Vertical Bends
Tees
Crosses

4
6
4
6
8

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

NOTE: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces are required.

Economical Cover Clamp


Catalogue Number
ABW-SCC

Material
Zinc Plated Steel

Siderail
Height
All Sizes

Cannot be used with U-Style fittings.


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Rigid indoor cover clamp for
flat and flanged covers.

Universal Fitting Cover Clamp


Catalogue Number
AUW(*)FCC

T&B Cable Tray

Rigid indoor cover clamp for


flat and flanged covers.

Material
Zinc Plated Steel

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

(*) Insert siderail height

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Wraparound design offers


added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.

Catalogue Number
ABW4(*)HCC
ABW5(*)HCC
ABW6(*)HCC
ABW7(*)HCC

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

Hardware included.

*Width
of Tray
06"
09"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

(*) Insert width of tray


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Heavy Duty Peaked Cover Clamp

Catalogue Number
ABW4(*)HPC
ABW5(*)HPC
ABW6(*)HPC
ABW7(*)HPC

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

Wraparound design formed


to fit peaked cover for
outdoor applications.
Hardware included.

*Width
of Tray
06"
09"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

(*) Insert width of tray


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H74

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Accessories For Covers
Combination Hold Down Cover Clamp
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-CCC
ABW-5-CCC
ABW-6-CCC
ABW-7-CCC

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Designed to secure flat and
flanged covers with hold
down feature.

Raised Cover Clamp


Catalogue Number
ABW(*) (+) RCC

Cover

Material
Zinc Plated Steel

*Cover
Series
1, 2, 3

+Cover
Offset
1"
2"
3"

Siderail

T&B Cable Tray

(*) Cover series


(+) Cover offset
IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Designed to raise cover
above tray for added
ventilation.

Peaked End Cap


Catalogue Number
ABW(*) PEC

Material
Aluminum

Used for transition between


peaked covers to straight
covers.

*Width
of Tray
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

(*) Width of tray


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Cover Joint Strip

Catalogue Number
ABW(*) SCS

Strip used for joining covers


end to end.

Material
Aluminum

*Width
of Tray
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

(*) Width of Tray


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H75

Aluminum
Accessories Splice Plates
Snap-In Splice Plate

Designed to lock into place


for easy alignment and
installation.
Packaged in pairs with zinc
plated hardware.
Provided as standard with
each straight and/or fitting.

Catalogue Number
AUW-4-SSP
AUW-5-SSP
AUW-6-SSP
AUW-7-SSP

Material
Aluminum

AHW-4-SSP
AHW-5-SSP
AHW-6-SSP
AHW-7-SSP

Aluminum

Catalogue Number
AUW-4-ESP
AUW-5-ESP
AUW-6-ESP
AUW-7-ESP

Material
Aluminum

AHW-4-ESP
AHW-5-ESP
AHW-6-ESP
AHW-7-ESP

Aluminum

Catalogue Number
AUW(*)24HSP
AHW(*)24HSP

Material
Aluminum

AUW(*)42HSP
AHW(*)42HSP

Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"
4"
5"
6"
7"

Snap-In Expansion Splice Plate

H
T&B Cable Tray

Allows for a 1" expansion or


contraction of tray system.
Packaged in pairs with zinc
plated hardware.

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"
4"
5"
6"
7"

Horizontal Adjustable Plate

Adjustable hinge plates


provide maximum horizontal
installation flexibility.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

*Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

For Tray
Widths
6" to 24"
inclusive

4"
5"
6"
7"

30" to 42"
inclusive

(*) Tray Height.

Vertical Adjustable Plate

Hinged vertical plates


provide maximum flexibility
for changes in elevation.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

Catalogue Number
ABW-4-VSP
ABW-5-VSP
ABW-6-VSP
ABW-7-VSP

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H76

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Accessories Splice Plates
Box to Tray Plates
Catalogue Number
ABW-4-BSP
ABW-5-BSP
ABW-6-BSP
ABW-7-BSP

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Designed to secure tray to
electrical panels or boxes,
walls or end supports.
Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

Closure End Plate

Provides closure for any


tray end.
Packaged with hardware.

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

*Widths
of Tray
06"
09"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

H
T&B Cable Tray

Catalogue Number
ABW-4(*)-CEP
ABW-5(*)-CEP
ABW-6(*)-CEP
ABW-7(*)-CEP

(*) Insert width.


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Reducing Splice Plate


Catalogue Number
ABW-4(*)-RSP
ABW-5(*)-RSP
ABW-6(*)-RSP
ABW-7(*)-RSP

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

Reduction
(inches)
1-1/2, 3, 4-1/2, 6, 7-1/2, 9,
10-1/2, 12, 13-1/2, 15
16-1/2, 18, 21, 24, 27
30, 33, 36

NOTE: (*) For offset reduction: insert width to be reduced


For straight reduction: insert 1/2 width to be reduced (2 required)
Used in pairs to provide a
straight reduction or used
with a standard splice plate
for an offset reduction.

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Packaged with hardware.

Step Down Splice Plate


Catalogue Number
AUW(*)(**)SDS
AHW(*)(**)SDS

Connects siderails of
different heights.

Material
Aluminum

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

(*) Siderail Height 1


(**) Siderail Height 2
NOTE: Siderail Height 1 > Siderail Height 2.

Hardware included.
T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H77

Aluminum
Accessories
Standard Hold Down Clamp
Catalogue Number
PGW-SHC
S6W-SHC

Material
Zinc Plated Steel
316 Stainless

Designed for most indoor


installations.
Easy to use and install.
Order c" hardware
separately.

Combination Hold Down / Expansion Clamp


Catalogue Number
ABW-HEC

T&B Cable Tray

Material
Aluminum

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this
accessory can be used for both styles.

Order 3/8 hardware


separately.

Hold down
clamp
Expansion Guide

Aluminum Tray Hardware


Catalogue Number

Square shoulder selfpositioning carriage bolt.

PGW-1/4-CB
PGW-3/8-CB
PGW-1/4-HN
PGW-3/8-HN
S6W-3/8-CB
S6W-3/8-HN
S6W-3/8-HWK*

Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless

Description
b" Carraige Bolt
c" Carraige Bolt
b" Hex. Nut
c" Hex. Nut
c" Carraige Bolt
c" Hex. Nut
316 Stainless Steel Hardware
Kit

* Contains 8 bolts, 8 nuts and 8 lockwashers.

Self-Drilling Self-Tapping Screw


Catalogue Number
PGW-10-SCR

Material
Zinc Plated Steel

Description
Self-Drilling Self-Tapping Screw

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H78

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Accessories Cable Protection
Drop-Out

Designed to provide a smooth radiused surface at any position


on the tray or trough bottom.
Drop-Outs are easily attached using hardware provided.

Catalogue Number
ABW(*)DO

Description / Material
For ladder and ventilated tray /
Aluminum

ABW(*)DOS

For solid tray /


Aluminum

*Widths
of Tray
06"
09"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

(*) Width of Tray


IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Standard radius 4".

Wall Penetration Sleeve


Material
Aluminum

Hardware included.

*Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

**Widths
of Tray
06"
09"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

*Siderail
Heights
4"
5"
6"
7"

**Widths
of Tray
06"
09"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

IMPORTANT:
Not fire rated.
Fire stop not included.

H
T&B Cable Tray

Designed to pass through


walls and fire walls.

Catalogue Number
AUW(*)(**)WPS
AHW(*)(**)WPS

(*) Siderail Height


(**) Width

Frame Type Tray to Box Plate

Designed to secure tray to


electrical enclosures and
panels.

Catalogue Number
ABW(*)(**)FBP

Material
Aluminum

Hardware included.

(*) Siderail Height


(**) Width
IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Nylon Expansion Pad


Catalogue Number
ABW-NSP

Material
Aluminum

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
Allows for thermal expansion
and contraction of cable
trays over supports.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H79

Aluminum
Accessories Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips

Aluminum barrier strips


provide a method of
separating cables in tray
and trough systems.
Easily installed using
supplied hardware.

SBH
SB

72" barriers are flexible for


use with horizontal fittings.

Catalogue Number
ABW-4-SBH-72
ABW-5-SBH-72
ABW-6-SBH-72
ABW-7-SBH-72
ABW-4-SB-(*)
ABW-5-SB-(*)
ABW-6-SB-(*)
ABW-7-SB-(*)

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

*Length

4"
5"
6"
7"

144"
3m

IMPORTANT NOTE:
NOTE: 72 barriers provided with 3 PGW10SCR
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.
144, 3m barriers provided with 6 PGW10SCR
(*) Insert length

Inside / Outside Vertical Bend Barriers

T&B Cable Tray

H
Preformed to fit all standard
aluminum vertical bends.
Provided with hardware.

Inside Bend
Catalogue Number
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)

Outside Bend
Catalogue Number
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AUW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)

AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VIB-(**)-(+)

AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)
AHW(*)VOB-(**)-(+)

(**) Insert Bend Angle

(+) Insert Bend Radius

Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"
4"
5"
6"
7"

(*) Siderail Height.

Barrier Strip Clamp


Catalogue Number
PGW-BSC
S6W-BSC

Material
Zinc Plated Steel
316 Stainless

Catalogue Number
ABW-BSS

Material
Plastic

Alternate mounting method


for barrier strip mounting.
Barrier strip clamps mount
barrier strips to ladder rungs
and ventilated bottoms.
Complete mounting
hardware supplied.

Barrier Strip Splice

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

Alignment splice for joining


connecting barrier strips.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H80

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Accessories
Cable Tray Guide
Catalogue Number
PGW-CTG
HGW-CTG

Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Steel Hot Dip

Catalogue Number
PGW-CTC
HGW-CTC

Material
Zinc Plated Steel
Steel Hot Dip

Catalogue Number
AUW(*)VTH
AHW(*)VTH

Material
Aluminum

Expansion guide for single or


double runs of cable tray.
No need to field drill of
channel or I-beam.

Cable Tray Clamp

H
T&B Cable Tray

Clamps for single run of


cable tray.
No need to field drill the
channel or I-beam.

Vertical Tray Hanger


*Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

* Insert siderail height

Hold Down Clamp


Catalogue Number
ABW(*)HDC

Material
Aluminum

*Siderail
Height
4"
5"
6"
7"

Note: Hardware included


(*) Insert siderail height.
Designed to secure cable
tray to support system.

IMPORTANT NOTE:
B in catalogue number indicates this accessory can be used for both styles.

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H81

Aluminum
Accessories
Rollers
Catalogue Number
VHR04
HAR 1224

Description
Corner
Straight

HAR 1836

Straight

Fits
all profiles
all profiles
12" to 24" (30 cm to 60 cm)
all profiles
18" to 36" (45 cm to 90 cm)

Why should rollers be used?


1. To reduce pulling stress on cables, avoiding
undue fatigue or abrasions
2. Minimizes harmful shear load being placed on
cable trays
3. To reduce installation time

H
T&B Cable Tray

Why purchase the T&B Cable Roller System?


Universal fits virtually all tray systems
Mounts from bottom of cable tray, eliminating
the need for double handling cables and
reducing possibility of cable damage
Sideways telescopic adjustment allows rollers to
accommodate virtually all tray widths
Nylon bearings require no lubrication
Independent rollers limit cable abrasion

T&B aluminum cable tray is composed of two distinct systems H-Style and U-Style.
These systems are not interchangeable. Pick one system and stay with it through
your project / installation. (Dont mix H and U style components on the same job.)

H82

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Accessories
Cable and Pipe Clamp

Material:
Aluminum
(Also available in pre-galvanized
add PG suffix for steel cable
tray).

C118
Single Cable Clamp

C138
Triple Cable Clamp

EMT
Tubing

1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4 - 1-1/2

2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4

C128-047AL
C128-055AL
C128-070AL
C128-090AL
C128-110AL
C128-140AL
C128-175AL

0.27 - 0.47
0.4 - 0.55
0.5 - 0.7
0.6 - 0.9
0.85 - 1.1
1.1 - 1.4
1.4 - 1.75

7.5 - 12
10 - 14
13 - 18
15 - 23
21.5 - 29
28 - 36
35.5 - 44

3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4

1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4

C138-047AL
C138-055AL
C138-070AL
C138-090AL

0.27 - 0.47
0.4 - 0.55
0.5 - 0.7
0.6 - 0.9

7.5 - 12
10 - 14
13 - 18
15 - 23

3/8
1/2

1/2

Maple Hardwood Block

Maple hardwood, paraffin impregnated, multiple cable blocks can be made


to your specific requirements.
Cable blocks are to insure proper separation of single conductor cables,
which prevents any interference due to magnetic fields. The maple
hardwood blocks are paraffin impregnated to prevent moisture from
penetrating and causing rotting and splitting.
Cable blocks are also available in nylon and high density polyethylene.
Price and delivery upon request.
For more information, contact T&B at 1-888-664-5666.
Electrogalvanized hardware is included.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H83

H
T&B Cable Tray

C128
Double Cable Clamp

O.D. of Cable or Pipe


Rigid
Catalogue Number
(in.)
(mm)
Conduit
C118-047AL
0.27 - 0.47
7.5 - 12

C118-055AL
0.4 - 0.55
10 - 14

C118-070AL
0.5 - 0.7
13 - 18
3/8
C118-090AL
0.6 - 0.9
15 - 23
1/2
C118-110AL
0.85 - 1.1
21.5 - 29
3/4
C118-140AL
1.1 - 1.4
28 - 36
1
C118-175AL
1.4 - 1.75
35.5 - 44
1-1/4
C118-200AL
1.75 - 2.0
44.5 - 51
1-1/2
C118-250AL
2.0 - 2.5
51 - 63.5
2
C118-300AL
2.5 - 3.0
63.5 - 76
2-1/2
C118-370AL
2.6 - 3.7
66 - 95
3
C118-410AL
3.5 - 4.1
89 - 105
3-1/2
C118-460AL
3.9 - 4.6
99 - 118
4

Aluminum
Cable Tray Support Systems Accessories
Hanger Rod Clamp
These clamps are designed for ladder and
ventilated cable tray.
They provide a fast and economical solution
for a suspended cable tray installation.
One kit is needed per each threaded rod
location.
Kit consists of: - one bottom clamp
- one top clamp
Uses d" threaded rod (order separately)
250 lbs capacity per kit.
Catalogue no.

Tray Series

Catalogue no.

Tray Series

Catalogue no.

AU04/AH04
AU14/AH14
AU24/AH24
AU34/AH34
AU44/AH44
AU54/AH54

ABW04HRC
ABW14HRC
ABW24HRC
ABW34HRC
ABW44HRC
ABW54HRC

AU25/AH25
AU35/AH35
AU45/AH45
AU16/AH16
AU26/AH26
AU36/AH36

ABW25HRC
ABW35HRC
ABW45HRC
ABW16HRC
ABW26HRC
ABW36HRC

AU46/AH46
AU56/AH56
AU66/AH66
AU27/AH27
AU37/AH37

ABW46HRC
ABW56HRC
ABW66HRC
ABW27HRC
ABW37HRC

T&B Cable Tray

Tray Series

Center Support Bracket


Material

Catalogue no.Tray width

HGW
Hot dip galvanized

HGW18CSB
HGW30CSB

Channel width

6";9";12"
18";24"

18"
30"

This system is designed to reduce cable pulling by allowing


access from both sides of cable tray. Installation cost and
time are reduced significantly by single point suspension.
Supplied as a complete kit.
Uses d" threaded rod (order separately)
For use with up to 24" wide tray
Load capacity : 700 lbs per kit

Trapeze Kit
tray width
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"

channel width
16
18
22
28
35
41
46
52

7/8"
3/4"
1/2"
1/8"
5/8"
1/4"
7/8"
1/2"

Catalogue no.
(*)-06-TPK
(*)-09-TPK
(*)-12-TPK
(*)-18-TPK
(*)-24-TPK
(*)-30-TPK
(*)-36-TPK
(*)-42-TPK

This system is designed to support various cable tray widths in a


suspending installation
Kit consists of :
1 pc of strut cut to length
4 3/8" strut nuts
2 hold down clips
4 1/2" hex nuts
2 3/8" x 7/8" hex head cap screws
4 1/2" square washers
Uses d" threaded rod (order separately)
(*) Insert : HGW for hot dip galvanized
S4 for stainless steel 304

H84

PGW for pre-galvanized


S6 for stainless steel 316

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Cable Tray Support Systems Accessories
Cross Member
Catalogue Number
S202-6HDG
S202-9HDG
S202-15HDG
S202-21HDG
S202-27HDG
S202-33HDG
Hanging rods not included.

A
6
9
5
21
27
33

B
5
8
14
20
26
32

C
2
8
14
20
26

B
4-1/16
5-3/8
6-11/16
8
8
8

Design
Load/lbs
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200

* Order hold down clips seperately. Cat # S6W-SHC

Standard finish:
hot dipped galvanized

Cantilever Support

Standard finish:
hot dipped galvanized

A
8-1/2
14-1/2
20-1/2
26-1/2
32-1/2
38-1/2

H
T&B Cable Tray

Catalogue Number
S203-8HDG
S203-14HDG
S203-20HDG
S203-26HDG
S203-32HDG
S203-38HDG

* Order hold down clips seperately. Cat # S6W-SHC

Conduit to Cable Tray Clamp


Catalogue Number
6210 *
6212 **
* UL File # 9809

Conduit Size
(inches)
1/2 3/4
1 1-1/4

** CSA File # 2884

Material:
steel
Standard finish:
electro-galvanized

Conduit to Cable Tray - Swivel Clamp

Material:
malleable iron hub
and steel U-bolt
Standard finish:
zinc plated

Catalogue Number
6209
6211
6214
6216
6218 *

Conduit Size
(inches)
1/2 3/4
1 1-1-/4
1-1/2 2
2-1/2 3
3-1/2 4

* UL File # 9809
Swivel Tray Clamp for aluminum and steel trays with regular or
reinforced flanges.
- Serrations and biting teeth on clamping saddle provide a high quality
bond between conduit and clamp.
- 1/2 to 4 inch can be clamped to any position in a 90 degree arc.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H85

Aluminum
Grounding and Bonding Products
Economical Cable Tray Ground Clamp
Catalogue Number
10103TB

Description
For single conductor #4 solid to 2/0.

MA2GC

For single conductors #4 solid to 2/0 str.


Includes Superstrut springless channel nut
for easy installation in cable tray rungs.

Catalogue Number
10105 *
10109 **

Description
For single conductors #4 solid to 2/0 str.
For single conductors 2/0 solid to 4/0 str.

Material:
malleable iron
Standard finish:
zinc plated

Cable Tray Ground Clamp

Standard finish:
zinc plated
Showing Cat. No. 10109

BlackburnTM Ground Clamp

Material:
copper alloy
Standard finish:
tin plated for
aluminum cable tray

Catalogue Number
GTC13P
GTC14P
GTC23P
GTC24P

Conductor Range
Min.
Max.
#4 sol.
2/0 str.
2/0 str.
250 Kcmil
#4 sol.
2/0 str.
2/0 str.
250 Kcmil

Figure
1
1
2
2

Bolt has square shank to prevent turning and allow clamp to be tightened
with one wrench.

Figure 1

Figure 2

Castings are of high strength, corrosion-resistant copper alloy.

For our complete offering of Grounding & Bonding products,


consult our BlackburnTM and Color-Keyed catalogues.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H87

T&B Cable Tray

Material:
malleable iron

Aluminum
Cable Tray Grounding & Bonding Products
BlackburnTM Cable Tray Ground Clamp
Catalogue Number
CTG250

Description
For parallel or tapping applications
#2 solid to 250 Kcmil.

Material:
copper alloy
Standard finish:
zinc plated

BlackburnTM Lay-in Lug


Conductor Range
Catalogue Number Min.
Max.
LL306
#6 solid
3/0 str.
LL2506
#6 str.
250 Kcmil

T&B Cable Tray

(in.)
.33
.33

Stud Size
(mm2)
8.38
8.38

These grounding connectors are dual rated for aluminum and copper
conductors. The opened face design allows the installer to quickly lay-in
the grounding conductor as a jumper.
Material:
high strength 6061-T6
aluminum alloy

Bonding Jumpers
Catalogue
Number
FBD12-1 *
FBD16-1 *
FBE12-1 *
FBE16-1 *
CAW2000BJ

Bonding
Amp. Capacity
600 Amps.
600 Amps.
1200 Amps.
1200 Amps.
2000 Amps.

Single
Bolt Hole
7/16
7/16
9/16
9/16

Description
12 flat flexible braid
16 flat flexible braid
12 flat flexible braid
16 flat flexible braid
16 round flexible braid

* Listed UL 467 & 486A, certified CSA C22.2 No. 41 for grounding &
bonding equipment.
Standard lengths offered in 12, 18, 24, 30 and 36 inches end to end.
Example : FBD24-1 for a 24" long bonding jumpers
Custom braids are available

IMPORTANT: Bonding Jumpers are required for expansion joints as


well as adjustable joints.
Material: copper
Standard finish: tin plated

For our complete offering of Grounding & Bonding products,


consult our BlackburnTM and Color-Keyed catalogues.

H88

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Aluminum
Cable Tray Grounding & Bonding Reference Tables
Grounding & Bonding

Table 1

Table 2

(NEC TABLE 318-7)


Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors

Minimum Size Equipment Grounding Conductors


for Grounding & Bonding Raceway and Equipment
(Based on NEC Table 250-95 and CEC Table 16)

Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,

Rating or Setting of Automatic

Conductor

Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip

Overcurrent Device in Circuit

Size

Setting, or Circuit Breaker


Protective Relay Ampere Trip

Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of


Metal* In Square Inches

Ahead of Equipment, Conduit,


etc. Not exceeding (Amperes)

Setting for Ground Fault


Protection of any Cable Circuit
in the Cable Tray System

Steel
Cable Trays

Aluminum

60

10

Cable Trays

100

8
6

0.20

0.20

300

100

0.40

0.20

400

200

0.70

0.20

500

400

1.00

0.40

600

600

1.50 **

0.40

800

1/0

1000

0.60

1000

2/0

1200

1.00

1200

3/0

1600

1.50

1600

4/0

2000

2.00 **

2000

250 Kcmil

H
T&B Cable Tray

200
60

* See installation restrictions in NEC Section 250-92(a).


For SI units: one square = 645 square millimeters.
* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type
cable trays: or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channeltype cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction.
** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes.
Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 2000
amperes.
For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be
used.

For more information on grounding and bonding cable tray,


refer to NEMA VE 1-1998 / CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-98 Metal Cable Tray Systems
and / or NEMA VE 2 Cable Tray Installation Guide.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H89

Support Systems
1-5/8" x 1-5/8" Channel
Superstrut 1-5/8 x 1-5/8
- 12 Gauge Channel Type A
Solid Base

Punched

1-7/8"

Half Slots

Catalogue Number

Description

A1200
A1200-P
A1200-HS
A1200-S
A1200-KO
A1202

Solid base
Punched
Half slots
Long slots
Knockouts
Back to back

Long Slots
Finishes & Materials

4"

2"

Knockouts

Back to Back

No Suffix

Gold galvanized dichromate finish

AL

Aluminum

EG

Electrogalvanized

HDG

Hot dipped galvanized

PG

Pregalvanized

SS

Stainless steel Type 304

T316SS

Stainless steel Type 316

- Offered in 10 or 20 ft. lengths.

Channel Nuts
A100
Regular Spring Nut

AC100
Springless Nut

UC100
Universal Nylon Cone Nut

Catalogue Number
A100-1/4EGC
A100-5/16EGC
A100-3/8EGC
A100-1/2EGC
A100-5/8EGC
A100-3/4EGC
A100-7/8EGC
Nut is square over d" size.
AC100-1/4EGC
AC100-3/8EGC
AC100-1/2EGC
AC100-5/8
AC100-3/4
Nut is square over d" size.
UC100-1/4
UC100-3/8
UC100-1/2

Size
1/4
Standard Finish:
5/16
Electrogalvanized
3/8
1/2
Stainless steel channel nuts are
5/8 recommended for aluminum channel
3/4
and cable tray rungs.
7/8
Change suffix to SS.
Standard Finish:
1/4
Electrogalvanized
3/8
1/2
Stainless steel channel nuts are
5/8 recommended for aluminum channel
3/4
and cable tray rungs.
Change suffix to SS.
1/4
3/8
1/2

Not available in stainless steel.

For all 1e" and 1d" channels


May be used with ALL Strut Depths.

Hex. Head Cap Screw


Catalogue Number
E142-1/4x100EG
E142-1/4x150EG
E142-3/8x100EG
E142-3/8x150EG
E142-1/2x100EG
E142-1/2x150EG

Size
1/4 x 1
1/4 x 1-1/2
3/8 x 1
3/8 x 1-1/2
1/2 x 1
1/2 x 1-1/2

Standard finish
Electrogalvanized
Available in stainless steel
Change suffix to SS

For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut catalogue.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H91

T&B Cable Tray

- Aluminum, hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel channels are


recommended to support aluminum cable tray. Example: A1200HS10AL
A120020HDG

6"

Support Systems
1-5/8" x 1-5/8" Channel
Superstrut Fittings and Brackets
AB241HDGC

AB206HDGC

AB207HDGC

X207HDGC

AB201HDGC

AB202HDGC

AB203HDGC

AB204HDGC

AB205HDGC

AB213HDGC

AB214HDGC

AB254-LHDGC
X235HDGC

AB254-RHDGC

X289HDGC

X232HDGC

Cat. No.
AB241-1/4HDGC
AB241-3/8HDGC
AB241-1/2HDGC
AB241-3/4HDGC

Hole Size
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4

T&B Cable Tray

S249HDG

Cat. No.
S249-8HDG
S249-14HDG
S249-20HDG
S249-26HDG
S249-32HDG
S249-38HDG

S256HDGC

Design
A
B Load/lbs.
8-1/2
8
1500
14-1/2
9
1500
20-1/2
9
1500
26-1/2 11-1/2 1500
32-1/2 11-1/2 1500
38-1/2 11-1/2 1500

Cat. No.
S256-8HDG
S256-14HDG
S256-20HDG
S256-26HDG

S251HDGC

A
8-1/2
14-1/2
20-1/2
26-1/2

Design
Load/lbs.
1000
500
300
250

When installed in inverted position reduce load rating


40%. Strut section made from half slot channel.

Cat. No.
S251-14HDGC
S251-20HDGC
S251-26HDGC
S251-32HDGC
S251-38HDGC

Design
A
Load/lbs.
14-1/2
1650
20-1/2
800
26-1/2
650
32-1/2
500
38-1/2
500

Hot dipped galvanized (HDG) or stainless steel (SS) fittings are recommended to assemble aluminum channel.
Also available in Electrogalvanized (EG) and Gold galvanized dichromate (no suffix).
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut catalogue.

H92

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems
1-5/8" x 1-5/8" Channel
Superstrut Beam Clamps and Hanger Rods
U562HDG

UM562HDGC
Rod
Size
1/2

Rod
Size
1/2

Design Load
Load/lbs.
800

E146 Square nut order separately.


d" set screw included.

E146 Square nut order separately.


d" set screw included.
For 20o swivel application use
ES145-1/2 nut.

E146

US562HDGC

Design Load
Load/lbs.
1200

For 20o swivel application use


ES145-1/2 nut.

E146

U568

Rod
Size
1/2

Design Load
Load/lbs.
800

d" set screw included.

U514HDGC

c" x 1d" set screw included.


Design Load 750 lbs./per pair

A
9
12
15

16 ga. material

U515HDGC

ES145

For all A series channel.


d" x 1d" set screw included.
Design Load 800 lbs.

Cat. No.
ES145-3/8EG
ES145-1/2EG

E146

Size
3/8
1/2

Cat. No.
E146-1/4EG
E146-5/16EG
E146-3/8EG
E146-1/2EG
E146-5/8EG

Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

H119

H104

Standard length, 10 ft.

Order by product number, rod size, and finish. Example: H119-1/2EGC

Also available in stainless steel (304 and 316) in length of 6 ft.


NATIONAL COARSE THREAD
Cat. No.
H104-1/4x10EGC
H104-3/8x10EGC
H104-1/2x10EGC
H104-5/8x10EGC
H104-3/4x10EGC
H104-7/8x10EGC
H104-1x10EGC

Size
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

Threads
per inch
20
16
13
11
10
9
8

Rod
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

Design Load
lbs.
150
610
1130
1810
2710
3770
4960

A
7/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/4
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-1/4

Finished & Materials: Gold Galv. dichromate (no suffix), Electrogalvanized (EG), Hot dipped Galvanized (HDG), Stainless Steel Type 304 (SS)
For our complete selection, consult our Superstrut catalogue.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H93

H
T&B Cable Tray

Cat. no.
U568-3EG
U568-4EG
U568-5EG

Beam
Flange
Width
6
9
12

Support Systems
Design Applications Mechanical Support
Example: 1

Example: 2

A302 CONCRETE INSERT

A302 CONCRETE INSERT

AB201 90 ANGLE
E142-1/2 x 100 HEX.H.BOLT
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT
S256-12 BRACKET
a
S203-14 BRACKET

A100-1/2 SPRING NUT

60

E142-1/2 x 100 HEX.H.BOLT


A100-1/2 SPRING NUT

E142-1/2 x 100 HEX.H.BOLT


A100-1/2 SPRING NUT

AB201 90 ANGLE
A1202
CHANNEL

30
a

AB239-2
BRACE
A1200
CHANNEL

a
A1202
CHANNEL

S249-20 BRACKET

Suspended column, carrying brackets,


braced to the ceiling.

Suspended column, holding bracket and


console braced to wall.

Example: 4

Example: 3

T&B Cable Tray

U568
SAFETY
STRAP
U562
H.D. BEAM CLAMP
AB241-1/2
SQ. WASHER

A1202
CHANNEL

AB227
45 ANGLE

a= E142-1/2 x 100
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT

US562
H.D. BEAM CLAMP

H104-1/2
HANGER ROD

E145-1/2
HEX. NUT

E146-1/2
HEX. NUT
A1200
CHANNEL

A1200
CHANNEL

AB202-21
CROSS MEMBER

H104-1/2
HANGER ROD

A1200
CHANNEL

Sketch depicts the use of beam clamps


on slanted beams.

Trapeze, T&B channels are used


as cross members.

Example: 5

Example: 6

E142-1/2 x 100
HEX.H.BOLT
A100-1/2 SPRING NUT

H104-1/2
HANGER ROD

A302
CONCRETE
INSERT

AB241-1/2
SQUARE WASHER

A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT

AB201 90 ANGLE
E145-1/2
HEX. NUT
A1202
CHANNEL
A1200
CHANNEL

H119-1/2
ROD COUPLING
H119-1/2
ROD COUPLING

Trapeze, constructed from T&B


channels, fittings.
The use of spot inserts is shown.

H94

Trapeze, using T&B hanger rods,


cross members.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems
Design Applications Mechanical Support
Example: 7

Example: 8
3-1/2
MIN.

A100-1/2
SPRING NUT
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT

U514
CLAMP
BRACKET

5-3/4
MIN.

U514
CLAMP
BRACKET

X289
CORNER FITTING

A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT

A1200
CHANNEL

A1200
CHANNEL
AB213
90 ANGLE
SUPPORT FITTING
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H.BOLT
S256-18
CHANNEL
BRACKET

S256
CHANNEL
BRACKET
A1200 CHANNEL
* NOTE: BRACE SHOULD BE USED FOR LENGTHS
GREATER THEN 30

Single-sided bracket application

Single-sided bracket application

Example: 10

Example: 9

A100-1/2
SPRING NUT
AB254L-LHDG
CORNER FITTING
90 INS. LEFT

A597
BEAM CLAMP
BRACKET
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT

A1200
CHANNEL
AB254-L
CORNER FITTING
90 INS. LEFT

A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT

A1200
CHANNEL

60
AB205
90 ANGLE
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT

A1202 CHANNEL
S249-20
BRACKET

E142 1/2 X 100


HEX.H. BOLT

T&B Cable Tray

A597
BEAM CLAMP
BRACKET

S249-20
BRACKET

E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT

Two-sided heavy duty application

30

AB239-2
BRACE

A1200
CHANNEL

Heavy duty bracket application

Example: 11

Example: 12
U514-AHDG
CLAMP
BRACKET

A100-1/2
SPRING
NUT
X289
CORNER FITTING

U514
CLAMP
BRACKET
E142-1/2 X 100
HEX.H. BOLT
A1202
CHANNEL

A1202
X289
CORNER FITTING

A100-1/2C
SPRING
NUT

A1200-PG
CHANNEL
AB201-HDG
90 ANGLE
SUPPORT FITTING
E142-1/2 X 100EG
HEX.H. BOLT

S203-20HDG
BRACKET

S203-20
BRACKET

A1202-PG
CHANNEL

Brackets parallel to beam

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Brackets perpendicular to beam

www.tnb.com

H95

Support Systems
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 Channel
Kindorf 1-1/2 x 1-1/2
- 12 Gauge Channel
Solid Base

Back to Back

2A
Punched Base

Catalogue Number
B900 (12 Ga.)
B900M (14 Ga.)
B900AL (Aluminum)

Description
Solid base
Solid base
Solid base

B905 (12 Ga.)


B905M (14 Ga.)
B905AL (Aluminum)

Punched base
Punched base
Punched base

B995 (12 Ga.)


B995M (14 Ga.)

Bolt holes - 3 sides


Bolt holes - 3 sides

l" dia. bolt holes on


1d" centers,
f" from end.

Finishes & Materials

Bolt Holes 3 Sides

T&B Cable Tray

Non Suffix

Galv Krome dichromate finish

AL

Aluminum

EG

Electrogalvanized

HD

Hot dipped galvanized

PG

Pregalvanized

SS

Stainless steel Type 304

Offered in 10 or 20 ft. lengths.


Aluminum, hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel channels are
recommended to support aluminum cable tray.
Example: B900AL10, Aluminum channel

B90510HD, Punched base Hot Dipped Channel

Channel Nuts
B911
Spring Nut

Catalogue Number
B-910-1/4
B-910-3/8
B-910-1/2

B910
Springless Nut

UC100
Universal Nylon Cone Nut

Size
1/4
3/8
1/2

Standard Finish:
Galv Krome

B-911-1/4
B-911-3/8
B-911-1/2

Stainless steel channel nuts are


1/4
recommended for aluminum channel
3/8
and cable tray rungs.
1/2
Add suffix to SS.

UC100-1/4
UC100-3/8
UC100-1/2

1/4
3/8
1/2

Not available in stainless steel.

For all 1-5/8 and 1-1/2 channels


May be used with ALL Strut Depths.

Hexagonal Head Cap Screw


Catalogue Number
H113-ZB
H113-ZD
H113-O
H113-Q
H113-B
H113-D

Size
1/4 x 1
1/4 x 1-1/2
3/8 x 1
3/8 x 1-1/2
1/2 x 1
1/2 x 1-1/2

Standard Finish:
Galv Krome

For our complete selection, consult our Kindorf catalogue.

H96

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 Channel
Kindorf Fittings, Brackets and Beam Clamps
B915

B916

B917

B918

B919

B935

B933

B924

F715

F716

H
F721

E763

E761

E760-2

E767

E160-1/2

E165-1/2

E235-3/8

E236-3/8

1/2 Rod

E231-3/8
E231-1/2

E232-3/8
E232-1/2

1/2 Rod

H193

3/8 Rod

T&B Cable Tray

F720

3/8 Rod

H195-1/4
H195-3/8
H195-1/2

Standard Finish: Galv Krom dichromate (no suffix) Electrogalvanized (EG) Hot dipped galvanized (HD) Stainless Steel Type 304 (SS)
For our complete selection, consult our Kindorf catalogue.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

H97

Aluminum

T&B Cable Tray

H98

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray T&B Cable Tray System

T&B Cable Tray

APPLICATIONS

Features

G90

Exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie slots


on one inch (1") centers.

Extra wide rung design.

Four bolt connection.

Versatile strut shaped rung.

Complete line of fittings.

Complete line of accessories.

COMMERCIAL
Schools
Plants
Hospitals
Office Buildings
Airports
Casinos
Stadiums

INDUSTRIAL
Petro-Chemical
Automotive Plants
Paper Plants
Food Processing
Power Plants
Refineries
Manufacturing
Mining

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Index


Ladder
Formed siderails are welded to 158'' wide rungs to provide maximum
rigidity and strength. Rung design includes exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie
slots on 1" centers.

Ventilated Trough
Ventilated sheet welded to steel siderails below rungs. This tray design
offers maximum cable support while allowing for cable ventilation and
openings for cable dropouts.

Solid Trough

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to steel siderails below rungs. This design offers
added cable protection.

Index
312'' Straight Sections .......................................................................G94
4" Straight Sections..........................................................................G96
5" Straight Sections..........................................................................G98
6" Straight Sections........................................................................G100
7" Straight Sections........................................................................G102
Horizontal Bends 90, 60..............................................................G104
Horizontal Bends 45, 30..............................................................G105
Horizontal Tee, Cross.....................................................................G106
Reducers ........................................................................................G107
Horizontal Reducing Tee ................................................................G108
Horizontal Expanding Tee ..............................................................G109
Horizontal Expanding / Reducing Cross ........................................G110
Horizontal Wye ...............................................................................G111
Vertical Bend 90............................................................................G112
Vertical Bend 60............................................................................G113
Vertical Bend 45............................................................................G114
Vertical Bend 30............................................................................G115
Vertical Tee Up/Down .....................................................................G116
Cable Tray Support Fitting..............................................................G117
Tray-Pro Features.........................................................................G118
Covers and Accessories.................................................................G119
Steel Tray Accessories...................................................................G123

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G91

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Straight Sections Numbering System


How to create part numbers
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria.
For example the first selection issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to. This selection
will lead to the best material for your application. For complete details on cable tray selection process, see
page G11 in the technical section.

Methods:

T&B Cable Tray

1.

Select the material best suited to your environment. Refer to technical section page G18.

2.

Determine the series tray using the NEMA Load/Span Designations page G12, and Sizing Cable Tray
page G31.

3.

Select nominal depth and width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page G31.

4.

Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.

5.

The last number is the length of the cable tray in inches.

Example:

Straight Section Number Selection

(PG3-6)-24-L09-144
Material
PG
Pre-Galvanized
HG Hot Dip
Galvanized

Series

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

Length

1 Series 1

3d (3d")*

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

2 Series 2

4 (4")

09 (9")

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

3 Series 3

5 (5")**

12 (12")

L12 12" rung spacing

6 (6")

18 (18")

L18 18" rung spacing

7 (7")**

24 (24")

V Ventilated Trough

30 (30")

S Solid Trough

36 (36")
42 (42")

Prefix
**Note: 312'' tray available in Series 1 and 12' lengths only.
**5" and 7" tray not available in Series 1.

G92

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Fittings Numbering System

G
T&B Cable Tray

Example:

Fittings Number Selection

(PGF-6)-24-L-VO 60-12
Fitting
Material

Siderail
Depth

Width

PGF PreGalvanized
Fitting

3d (3d")

06 (6")

4 (4")

09 (9")

5 (5")

12 (12")

HGF
Hot Dip
Galvanized
Fitting

6 (6")
7 (7")

18 (18")
24 (24")

Bottom
Type
L
(9" rung
spacing)
V
Ventilated
S Solid

30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

Prefix

Fitting Type
HB Horizontal Bend
HT Horizontal Tee
HX Horizontal Cross
VI Vertical Inside Bend
VO Vertical Outside Bend
VTD Vertical Tee Down
VTU Vertical Tee Up
HYR Horizontal Wye Right
HYL Horizontal Wye Left
RT Horizontal Reduce Tee
ET Horizontal Expand Tee
EX Horizontal Expand &
Reduce Cross
HLR Horizontal Left Reducer
HSR Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right Reducer
CS Cable Support Fitting

**Angle**

Radius

30 (30)

12 (12")

45 (45)

24 (24")

60 (60)

*36 (36")

90 (90)

*48 (48")

** R36 and R48 not available for 3d" fittings


** Angle is required for HB,VI, & VO only

Radius is not required for HLR, HSR, & HRR

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G93

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 3d" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 3e"
Loading Height 2e"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Material:

Pre-Galvanized G90 ASTM A653/A653M


Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123

T&B Cable Tray

Design:

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

SERIES
Load (lbs./ft.)

PG1-3d Deflection (in.)


HG1-3d Deflection Factor

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

124

79

55

40

31

24

20

0.220

0.495

0.792

1.100

1.536

1.980

2.518

3.109

0.001

0.004

0.010

0.020

0.038

0.064

0.103

0.157

220

Part Numbering System


All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

(PG1-3d)-24-L09-144
Material

Length
Bottom Style
Width

Depth
Series

G94

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 3d" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

SERIES

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*

1.328

PG1-3d
HG1-3d

8A, 8B, 8C,

Ix = 1.266 in4
2.587

1.328

C1

12A

Sx = 0.514 in

3.625

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=.40 in2

Solid Trough

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42''=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G104-G117.

G95

T&B Cable Tray

Ventilated Trough

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 4" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 4i"
Loading Height 3i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:
Material:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.


Pre-Galvanized G90 ASTM A653/A653M
Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123
Comply with: NEMA, NEC, UL
Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
10
12
14

16

18

20

236

151

105

77

59

47

38

0.420

0.473

0.756

1.155

1.543

2.067

2.613

3.213

0.001

0.002

0.005

0.011

0.020

0.035

0.056

0.085

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

556

313

200

139

102

78

62

50

Deflection (in.)

0.334

0.593

0.927

1.335

1.816

2.372

3.003

3.707

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.005

0.010

0.018

0.030

0.349

0.074

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

956

538

344

239

176

134

106

86

Deflection (in.)

0.478

0.538

1.032

1.672

2.282

3.091

3.928

4.816

Deflection Factor

0.0005

0.001

0.003

0.007

0.013

0.023

0.037

0.056

SERIES

PG1-4
HG1-4

420

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

PG2-4
HG2-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

PG3-4
HG3-4

Load (lbs./ft.)

Part Numbering System


All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

(PG3-4)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G96

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 4" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*

1.328

PG1-4
HG1-4

Ix = 1.974 in4
Sx = 0.788 in3

3.150
4.188

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 2.224 in4
Sx = 1.022 in3

1.328

PG2-4
HG2-4
SERIES

3.150
4.188

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

1.328

PG3-4
HG3-4

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C,
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B,
20A

D1

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=.70 in2

1.328

DIMENSIONS

Ventilated Trough

C1

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=.70 in2

1.328

SERIES

8A, 8B, 8C,


12A,12B, 12C
16A

Ix = 2.752 in4
Sx = 1.268 in3

3.150
4.188

1.328

Solid Trough

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C,
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B, 16C
20A, 20B
U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=1.00 in2

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G104-G117.

G97

T&B Cable Tray

SERIES

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 5" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 5i"
Loading Height 4i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.

Material:

Pre-Galvanized G90 ASTM A653/A653M


Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

225

144

100

73

56

44

36

0.240

0.426

0.666

0.959

1.305

1.704

2.157

2.663

0.001

0.002

0.005

0.010

0.018

0.030

0.049

0.074

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

Load (lbs./ft.)

1111

625

400

278

204

156

123

100

Deflection (in.)

0.225

0.400

0.625

0.899

1.224

1.599

2.023

2.498

Deflection Factor

0.0002

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.006

0.010

0.016

0.025

SERIES

PG2-5
HG2-5

400

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

PG3-5
HG3-5

Part Numbering System


All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

(PG3-5)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G98

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 5" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG2-5
HG2-5

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 2.303 in4
Sx = .855 in3

4.150
5.188

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=.40 in2

1.328

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG3-5
HG3-5

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C,
C1
12A, 12B, 12C
16A

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 4.635 in4
Sx = 1.732 in3

4.150
5.188

1.328

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING
8A, 8B, 8C
E
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B, 16C
20A, 20B, 20C

Solid Trough

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=1.00 in2

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G104-G117.

G99

T&B Cable Tray

Ventilated Trough

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 6" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 6i"
Loading Height 5i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.
One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.
Pre-Galvanized G90 ASTM A653/A653M
Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123
Comply with: NEMA, NEC, UL
Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

Accessories:
Material:

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

239

153

106

78

60

47

38

0.085

0.239

0.305

0.424

0.545

0.716

0.895

1.107

0.0002

0.001

0.002

0.004

0.007

0.012

0.019

0.029

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

733

413

264

183

135

103

81

66

Deflection (in.)

0.147

0.041

0.264

0.550

0.673

0.928

1.222

1.518

Deflection Factor

0.0002

0.001

0.001

0.003

0.005

0.009

0.015

0.023

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

Load (lbs./ft.)

1289

725

464

322

237

181

143

116

Deflection (in.)

0.258

0.363

0.464

0.967

1.184

1.450

1.862

2.320

Deflection Factor

0.0002

0.0005

0.001

0.003

0.005

0.008

0.013

0.020

SERIES

PG1-6
HG1-6

424

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

PG2-6
HG2-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

PG3-6
HG3-6

Part Numbering System


All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

(PG3-6)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G100

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 6" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG1-6
HG1-6

6.188

5.150

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 3.540 in4
Sx = 1.1068 in3

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG2-6
HG2-6

6.188

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 4.980 in4
Sx = 1.560 in3

5.150

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG3-6
HG3-6

6.188

5.150

1.328

Ventilated Trough

C1

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C
E
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B
20A
U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=.70 in2

1.328

SERIES

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B, 12C
16A
U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=.70 in2

1.328

SERIES

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 7.173 in4
Sx = 2.250 in3

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C
E
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B, 16C
20A, 20B, 20C
U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=1.00 in2

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Solid Trough

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G104-G117.

G101

T&B Cable Tray

SERIES

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 7" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 7i"
Loading Height 6i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.

Material:

Pre-Galvanized G90 ASTM A653/A653M


Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

313

200

139

102

78

62

50

0.067

0.120

0.187

0.270

0.367

0.479

0.606

0.749

0.0001

0.0004

0.001

0.002

0.004

0.006

0.010

0.015

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

Load (lbs./ft.)

1333

750

480

333

245

188

148

120

Deflection (in.)

0.133

0.225

0.480

0.667

0.735

1.125

1.333

1.680

Deflection Factor

0.0001

0.0003

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.006

0.009

0.014

SERIES

PG2-7
HG2-7

556

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

PG3-7
HG3-7

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

Part Numbering System

(PG3-7)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G102

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray 7" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG2-7
HG2-7

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 7.218 in4
Sx = 1.952 in3

6.134
7.188

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=1.00 in2

1.328

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
1.328

PG3-7
HG3-7

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C
E
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B
20A

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 10.411 in4
Sx = 2.820 in3

6.134
7.188

1.328

NEMA & UL
CSA LOAD
CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
8A, 8B, 8C
E
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B, 16C
20A, 20B, 20C

Solid Trough

U.L. Cross
Sectional Area=1.50 in2

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G104 -G117.

G103

T&B Cable Tray

Ventilated Trough

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Bends 90 / 60


Z

Z
R

90 Horizontal Bend
Z

Part Numbering System


Z

(PGF-4)-24-L-HB60-12

T&B Cable Tray

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Angle

60 Horizontal Bend

RADIUS

90 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS

12

24

36

48

CATALOG NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-12

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-24

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-36

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-48

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

G104

RADIUS

60 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS

12

24

36

48

CATALOG NO.*

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-12

13
14j
15l
18i
20m
23c
26
28l

7d
8b
9
10d
12
13d
15
16d

8e
9d
10c
12a
13g
15l
17j
19h

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-24

23c
24W
26
28l
31i
33f
36c
39

13d
14b
15
16d
18
19d
21
22d

15l
16k
17j
19h
20f
22b
24b
25n

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-36

33f
35h
36c
39
41l
44i
46f
49c

19d
22b
21
22d
24
25d
27
28d

22d
23b
24b
25n
27W
29k
31i
32g

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-48

44i
45k
46f
49c
51n
54l
57a
59f

25d
26b
27
28d
30
31d
33
34d

29k
30j
31i
32g
34e
36c
38h
39m

Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Bends 45 / 30

Z
Z

R
X

45 Horizontal Bend
Z

Selection Guide

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Y
R
X

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

30 Horizontal Bend

RADIUS

45 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS

12

24

36

48

CATALOGUE NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-12

10e
11W
12f
14g
16n
19h
21i
23j

4c
4m
5b
6a
7h
7n
8m
9W

6i
6m
7k
8W
9n
11i
12k
13W

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-24

19h
20a
21i
23j
25k
27l
29W
31m

7n
8c
8m
9W
10l
11k
12j
13i

11i
11m
12k
13W
14g
16a
17c
18e

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-36

27l
28e
29W
31m
33n
36h
38i
40j

11k
11g
12j
13i
14h
14n
15m
16W

16a
16f
17c
18e
19g
21a
22c
23e

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-48

36h
37a
38i
40j
42k
44l
46W
48m

14n 21a
15c 21f
15m 22c
16W 23e
17l 24m
18k 26h
19j 27j
20i 28l

RADIUS
R

12

24

36

48

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

30 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-12

7d
8d
9
10d
12
13d
15
16d

2
2i
2k
2m
3i
3e
4
4k

4
4k
4m
5e
6k
7b
8h
8m

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-24

13d
14b
15
16d
18
19d
21
22d

3e
3m
4
4k
4m
5j
5e
6

7b
7e
8h
8m
9e
10k
11b
12h

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-36

19d
20d
21
22d
24
25d
27
28d

5j
5k
5e
6
6k
6m
7b
7e

10k
10g
11b
12h
12g
13W
14d
15b

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-48

25d
26d
27
28d
30
31d
33
34d

6m
7h
7b
7e
8h
7k
8g
9b

13W
14h
14d
15b
16h
16g
17W
18d

Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G105

T&B Cable Tray

Bottom Styles:

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Tee, Cross

Part Numbering System

(PGF-5)-06-L-HT12

Y
W

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Tee

Selection Guide
Y

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

T&B Cable Tray

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

Cross

HORIZONTAL TEE
RADIUS WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
R
CATALOG NO.*
X
Y

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT12

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT24

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT36

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT48

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138

HORIZONTAL CROSS
RADIUS WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
R
CATALOG NO.*
X
Y

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX12

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX24

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX36

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX48

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

G106

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Reducers


Part Numbering System

W1

(PGF-6)-42-36-L-HLR
Width 1

Fitting
Material

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Fitting
Type

W2

Offset Reducer-Left

W1

Selection Guide
X

Inside Tray Widths (W1 > W2):


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

W2

Offset Reducer-Straight

Bottom Styles:

W1

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

W2

WIDTHS
W1
W2

LH REDUCER
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.*
X

Offset Reducer-Right

STRAIGHT REDUCER (Concentric)


DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.*
X

RH REDUCER
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.*
X

36
30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
18c
21g
25j
27h
28m

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
13i
14n
16W
17d
18c

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
18c
21g
25j
27h
28m

30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
18c
21g
23l
25j

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
13i
14n
15m
16W

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
18c
21g
23l
25j

24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
18c
20a
21g

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
13i
14h
14n

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
18c
20a
21g

18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
16W
18c

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
12j
13i

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
16W
18c

12
9
6

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-HLR

11k
13i
14n

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-HSR

9f
10e
11k

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-HRR

11k
13i
14n

12

9
6

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-HLR

9f
11k

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-HSR

8g
9f

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-HRR

9f
11k

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-HLR

9f

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-HSR

8g

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-HRR

9f

42

36

30

24

18

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G107

T&B Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Reducing Tee


Part Numbering System

(PGF-7)-42-36-L-RT12
Y

Fitting
Material

W1

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Radius

Fitting
Type

Selection Guide

W2

Inside Tray Widths (W1 > W2):

Reducing Tee

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

T&B Cable Tray

HORIZONTAL REDUCING TEE


WIDTHS
W1
W2
CATALOG NO.*

(+)
12" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
24" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
36" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
48" RADIUS
X
Y

36
30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-RT(+)

33
33
33
33
33
33
33

60
54
48
42
36
33
30

45
45
45
45
45
45
45

84
78
72
66
60
57
54

57
57
57
57
57
57
57

108
102
96
90
84
81
78

69
69
69
69
69
69
69

132
126
120
114
108
105
102

30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-RT(+)

30
30
30
30
30
30

54
48
42
36
33
30

42
42
42
42
42
42

78
72
66
60
57
54

54
54
54
54
54
54

102
96
90
84
81
78

66
66
66
66
66
66

126
120
114
108
105
102

24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-RT(+)

27
27
27
27
27

48
42
36
33
30

39
39
39
39
39

72
66
60
57
54

51
51
51
51
51

96
90
84
81
78

63
63
63
63
63

120
114
108
105
102

18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-RT(+)

24
24
24
24

42
36
33
30

36
36
36
36

66
60
57
54

48
48
48
48

90
84
81
78

60
60
60
60

114
108
105
102

12
9
6

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-RT(+)

21
21
21

36
33
30

33
33
33

60
57
54

45
45
45

84
81
78

57
57
57

108
105
102

12

9
6

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-RT(+)

18
18

33
30

30
30

57
54

42
42

81
78

54
54

105
102

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-RT(+)

16d

30

28d

54

40d

78

52d

102

42

36

30

24

18

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) Insert radius (12"-48").

G108

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Expanding Tee


Part Numbering System

(PGF-4)-06-09-L-ET24
Fitting
Material

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Radius

Y
W1

Fitting
Type

R
W2

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths (W1 < W2):

Expanding Tee

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

(+)
12" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
24" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
36" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
48" RADIUS
X
Y

36

42

(Prefix)-36-42-(*)-ET(+)

30

66

42

90

54

114

66

138

30

36
42

(Prefix)-30-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-30-42-(*)-ET(+)

27
27

60
66

39
39

84
90

51
51

108
114

63
63

132
138

30
36
42

(Prefix)-24-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-24-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-24-42-(*)-ET(+)

24
24
24

54
60
66

36
36
36

78
84
90

48
48
48

102
108
114

60
60
60

126
132
138

24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-18-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-18-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-18-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-18-42-(*)-ET(+)

21
21
21
21

48
54
60
66

33
33
33
33

72
78
84
90

45
45
45
45

96
102
108
114

57
57
57
57

120
126
132
138

18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-12-18-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-42-(*)-ET(+)

18
18
18
18
18

42
48
54
60
66

30
30
30
30
30

66
72
78
84
90

42
42
42
42
42

90
96
102
108
114

54
54
54
54
54

114
120
126
132
138

12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-09-12-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-18-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-42-(*)-ET(+)

16d
16d
16d
16d
16d
16d

36
42
48
54
60
66

28d
28d
28d
28d
28d
28d

60
66
72
78
84
90

40d
40d
40d
40d
40d
40d

84
90
96
102
108
114

52d
52d
52d
52d
52d
52d

108
114
120
126
132
138

9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-09-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-12-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-18-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-42-(*)-ET(+)

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

33
36
42
48
54
60
66

27
27
27
27
27
27
27

57
60
66
72
78
84
90

39
39
39
39
39
39
39

81
84
90
96
102
108
114

51
51
51
51
51
51
51

105
108
114
120
126
132
138

24

18

12

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) Insert radius (12"-48").

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

G109

T&B Cable Tray

HORIZONTAL EXPANDING TEE


WIDTHS
W1
W2
CATALOG NO.*

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Expanding / Reducing Cross


Part Numbering System
X

(PGF-5)-36-42-L-EX36
Fitting
Material
W1
W2

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Radius

Fitting
Type

R
W2
W1

Selection Guide
Horizontal Expanding /
Reducing Cross

Inside Tray Widths (W1 < W2):


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

G
T&B Cable Tray

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

HORIZONTAL EXPANDING/REDUCING CROSS


(+)
WIDTHS
12" RADIUS
W1
W2
CATALOG NO.*
X
Y
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
30
24
18
12
9
6
24
18
12
9
6
18
12
9
6
12
9
6

42

36

30

24

18

(+)
24" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
36" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
48" RADIUS
X
Y

(Prefix)-36-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-30-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-24-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-18-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-42-(*)-EX(+)

66
66
66
66
66
66
66

60
54
48
42
36
33
30

90
90
90
90
90
90
90

84
78
72
66
60
57
54

114
114
114
114
114
114
114

108
102
96
90
84
81
78

138
138
138
138
138
138
138

132
126
120
114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-30-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-24-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-18-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-36-(*)-EX(+)

60
60
60
60
60
60

54
48
42
36
33
30

84
84
84
84
84
84

78
72
66
60
57
54

108
108
108
108
108
108

102
96
90
84
81
78

132
132
132
132
132
132

126
120
114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-24-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-18-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-30-(*)-EX(+)

54
54
54
54
54

48
42
36
33
30

78
78
78
78
78

72
66
60
57
54

102
102
102
102
102

96
90
84
81
78

126
126
126
126
126

120
114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-18-24-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-24-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-24-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-24-(*)-EX(+)

48
48
48
48

42
36
33
30

72
72
72
72

66
60
57
54

96
96
96
96

90
84
81
78

120
120
120
120

114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-12-18-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-18-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-18-(*)-EX(+)

42
42
42

36
33
30

66
66
66

60
57
54

90
90
90

84
81
78

114
114
114

108
105
102

9
6

12

(Prefix)-09-12-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-12-(*)-EX(+)

36
36

33
30

60
60

57
54

84
84

81
78

108
108

105
102

(Prefix)-06-09-(*)-EX(+)

33

30

57

54

81

78

105

102

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) Insert radius (12"-48").

G110

Includes 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Wye 45


Y

Part Numbering System

(PGF-6)-36-L-HYL36
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

45

Left Hand Wye


Y

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

45

45 HORIZONTAL BEND
RADIUS
R

12

24

36

48

WIDTH
LEFT HAND WYE CAT. NO.*

RIGHT HAND WYE CAT. NO.*

DIMENSIONS
Y

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL12

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR12

23k
27W
31n
40c
48g
57c
65g
77j

15j
20k
25l
35m
46h
56b
66d
76f

8
11
14
20
26
32
38
44

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL24

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR24

28c
32e
36g
45c
53g
62j
70m
79j

15j
20k
25l
35m
46h
56b
66d
76f

3
6
9
15
21
27
33
39

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL36

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR36

38j
42l
46m
55b
63f
72b
80f
89b

18m
23n
29h
39b
49d
59f
70
80b

3
6
9
15
21
27
33
39

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL48

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR48

48b
52d
56f
65b
73W
82i
90W
99i

22j
27k
32l
42m
53h
63b
73d
83f

3
6
9
15
21
27
33
39

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G111

T&B Cable Tray

Right Hand Wye

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 90


Part Numbering System
Z

(PGF-7)-30-L-VI90-36
X

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Radius

Bottom Degree
Style

Outside Bend

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42
R

T&B Cable Tray

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

Inside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

3d"
X Y Z

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

7"
Y Z

12

12 12

15e 15e 15e 16i 16i 16i 17i 17i 17i 18i 18i 18i 19i 19i 19i

24

24 24

27e 27e 27e 28i 28i 28i 29i 29i 29i 30i 30i 30i 31i 31i 31i

36

36 36

39e 39e 39e 40i 40i 40i 41i 41i 41i 42i 42i 42i 43i 43i 43i

48

48 48

51e 51e 51e 52i 52i 52i 53i 53i 53i 54i 54i 54i 55i 55i 55i

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

G112

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 60


Part Numbering System

(PGF-4)-36-V-VO60-24
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius
X

Degree
Y

Outside Bend

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42
Z

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

Inside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

10c

6n

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

3d"
X Y Z

13d 9e

14

10i 9c

7"
Y Z

14g 11i 9n 15f 12i 10d 16e 13i 11h

20m 12 13g

23n 15e 15n 24k 16i 16b 25b 17i 16g 26a 18i 17k 27

31i 18 20m

34j 21e 22g 34m 22i 23i 35W 23i 23f 36d 24i 24c 37k 25i 24n

41l 24 27L

44W 27e 29m 45i 28i 30a 46h 29i 30W 46n 30i 31a 47m 31i 31g

19i 18

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G113

T&B Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 45


Part Numbering System

(PGF-5)-24-S-VI45-48
Fitting
Material

Z
X

Width

Siderail
Depth

Radius

Fitting
Type

Bottom Degree
Style

Z
Y

Selection Guide

Outside Bend

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Y
Z

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

T&B Cable Tray

Inside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

8d

3d

17

9n

3d"
X Y Z

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

11h 7a 6d 11k 7W 6W 12a 8W 7a

7"
Y Z

12g 9W 7d 13l 10W 7n

19d 10e 11k 19n 11i 11W 20e 12i 12h 21c 13i 12d 22h 14i 12n

25k 10l 14n

28

14i 16k 28k 14f 16e 29a 15f 17h 29m 16f 17d 30d 17f 17g

33n 14h 19g

36d 17W 21c 36g 18b 21e 37e 19b 22

39j 20b 22k 39

21b 22g

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

G114

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 30


Part Numbering System

(PGF-6)-12-L-VO30-24
Z

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius
Y

Degree

Outside Bend

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

3d"
X Y Z

7"
Y Z

1e 3i

7m 5b 4i

8h 15m 4j 8l 6m 4e

9h 7m 4g

9l 8m 5a

12 3i 6k

13m 6m 7c

14h 7c 7l

14l 8c 7m

15h 9c 8h

15l 10c 8c

18 4m 9e

19m 8k 10e

20h 9 10f

20h 10 11h

21h 11 11j

21l 12 11l

24 6k 12g

25m 10h 13m 26h 10e 14

26l 11e 14b

27h 12e 14d

27l 13e 14m

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G115

T&B Cable Tray

Inside Bend

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Vertical Tee Up/Down


Part Numbering System

(PGF-6)-24-L-VTD12
R

Fitting
Material

W
H

Width

Siderail
Depth

Vertical Tee Up

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Y
H
W

Bottom Styles:

T&B Cable Tray

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"=L09,


V Ventilated / S Solid

Vertical Tee Down

RADIUS WIDTH
R
W

12

24

36

48

VERTICAL
TEE UP
CATALOG NO.

VERTICAL
TEE DOWN
CATALOG NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU12

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU24

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU36

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU48

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD48

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

G116

3d"
X Y

SIDERAIL HEIGHT H
4"
5"
6"
X Y
X Y
X
Y

7"
X

13m 27e

14a 28i

14e 29i

15a 30i 15e 31i

25m 51e

26a 52i

26e 53i

27a 54i 27e 55i

39a 78i 39e 79i

NA

NA

38a 76i

38e 77i

NA

NA

50a 100i

50e 101i 51a 102i 51e 103i

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Cable Support Fitting


Part Numbering System
X

(HDF-7)-24-V-CS9012
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

3"

Degree

R
Y

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Steel Cable Support


Fitting

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

4"

6"

7"

15.625

16.188

17.188

18.188

19.188

27.625

28.188

29.188

30.188

31.188

39.625

40.188

41.188

42.188

43.188

51.625

52.188

53.188

54.188

55.188

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS48

SIDERAIL HEIGHT H
5"
X

3g"

T&B Cable Tray

RADIUS WIDTH
R
W

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G117

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Tray Pro Features


Thomas & Betts Tray-Pro is an innovative, easy to use
design package for AutoCad 12, AutoCad 13 and
AutoCad Release (Windows or DOS).
Now available to download from the internet:
www.members.home.net/cte/

T&B Cable Tray

G
Features

G118

Single line, 2D and 3D drawing capability.

Automatic bill of material generator with multiple database file merging capability.

Automatic specification generator.

Visual interference checking through 3D.

Open architecture layer control.

Full editing capability.

Automatic cable tray annotation.

Automatic tray support drawing capability.

Design load calculator.

On-line NEC, NEMA and CSA standards help/assistance.

Full detail and accessory library.

Complete and easy to use dialog box interface.

Metric capability.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers


Tray Covers

Solid
Non-Flanged

Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed
where falling objects may damage cables or where vertical tray run is
accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Outside cable tray runs should be covered with a Peaked Flanged cover to
protect cable from the elements and excess build up of snow and ice.

Solid Covers:
These covers provide maximum mechanical protection for cables with
limited heat build up. Solid covers are available with or without flange.
Flanged covers have d" flange.

Solid
Flanged

Ventilated Flanged Covers:

This design offers excellent mechanical protection while allowing heat


produced by cables to dissipate.

T&B Cable Tray

Peaked Flanged Covers:


Peaked covers offer mechanical protection plus prevents accumulation of
liquid on the cover. Peaked covers have 15 rise at the peak. Covers 12"
wide and less available in 72" and 144" length. Covers greater than 12"
wide available in 72" length only. Fittings covers are not available in
Peaked Flange.
Notes:

Ventilated
Flanged

Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.


Material thickness PG = 19GA, HG = 18GA

Straight Cover Catalog Number Selection

(PGW-12)-SNC-72
Material
PGW Pre-Galvanized
Accessory
HGW Hot Dip Galvanized
Accessory

Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Type

Length*

SNC Solid Non-flanged Cover

72 (72")

SFC Solid Flanged Cover

144 (12ft)

VFC Ventilated Flanged Cover


PFC Peaked Flanged Cover

Prefix
*Hot Dipped Covers available in 6' only

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G119

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers

Fitting Cover Catalog Number Selection

(PGW-12)-SNC-HB 90-24
Material
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

T&B Cable Tray

Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Prefix

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Degree*

Radius

SNC Solid Nonflanged Cover

HB Horizontal Bend

30 (30)

12 (12")

HT Horizontal Tee

45 (45)

24 (24")

SFC Solid Flanged


Cover

HX Horizontal Cross

60 (60)

36 (36")

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover

90 (90)

48 (48")

VTU Vertical Tee Down

VI Vertical Inside Bend


HYR Horizontal Wye
Right
HYL Horizontal Wye Left

*Required for HB & VI only

(PGW-18-12)-SNC-RT-12
Material
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

Width 1

Width 2

06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Prefix

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Radius*

SNC Solid Nonflanged Cover

RT Horizontal Reduce Tee


ET Horizontal Expand Tee
EX Horizontal Expand
Tee & Reduce Cross
HSR Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HLR Horizontal Left
Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right
Reducer

12 (12")

SFC Solid Flanged


Cover
VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover

24 (24")
36 (36")
48 (48")
*Radius not
required for
HSR, HLR, HRR

(PGW-4-12)-SNC-VO-90-24
Material
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

Siderail
Height
3 8 (3 8")
4 (4")
5 (5")
6 (6")
7 (7")
7

Prefix

Width 2
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Degree*

Radius

SNC Solid Nonflanged


Cover

VO Vertical
Outside
Bend

30 (30)

12 (12")

45 (45)

24 (24")

SFC Solid
Flanged
Cover

VTD Vertical
Tee Down

60 (60)

36 (36")

90 (90)

48 (48")

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover
*Required for VO only

G120

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers


COVER
MATERIAL OFFSET
PGW
1''
Pre-Galvanized 2''
3''

Raised Cover
Clamp

CATALOG NO.
PGW*+RCC

Designed to raise cover


above tray for added
ventilation.
+Cover offset

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW Pre-Galvanized
HGW Hot Dip Galvanized

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-HDC
(Prefix)-4-HDC
(Prefix)-5-HDC
(Prefix)-6-HDC
(Prefix)-7-HDC

Combination Hold
Down Cover Clamp
Designed to secure flat
and flanged covers with
hold down feature.

G
T&B Cable Tray

SIDERAIL
HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

Hardware not included.

Peaked End Cap


MATERIAL
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dipped
Galvanized

WIDTH
06''
09''
12''
18''
24''
30''
36''
42''

CATALOG NO.
PGW*PEC
HGW*PEC

Used to transition
between peaked covers
and straight covers.

*Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G121

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers


Standard Cover Clamp

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW Pre-Galvanized

Rigid indoor cover clamp for flat


and flanged covers.

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp


Wrap around design offers
added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.

Pre-Galvanized

HGW

Hot Dip
Galvanized

Hardware included.

T&B Cable Tray

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW

SIDERAIL
HEIGHT
3d''
4''
5''
6''
7''

SIDERAIL HEAVY DUTY


HEIGHT CATALOG NO.
3d"
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-HCC
4"
(Prefix)-4-(*)-HCC
5"
(Prefix)-5-(*)-HCC
6"
(Prefix)-6-(*)-HCC
7"
(Prefix)-7-(*)-HCC

CATALOG NO.
PGW-3d-SCC
PGW-4-SCC
PGW-5-SCC
PGW-6-SCC
PGW-7-SCC

PEAKED COVER
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-4-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-5-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-6-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-7-(*)-HPC

Heavy Peaked Cover


Clamp
Wrap around design formed to
fit peaked cover for outdoor
applications.
Hardware included.

Cover Joint Strip


Strip used for joining covers.

MATERIAL PREFIX
PGW Pre-Galvanized

CATALOG NO.
PGW-*-SCS
* Width of Tray

Quantity of Standard Cover


Clamps Required
Straight section (6 ft.)
Straight section (12 ft.)
Horizontal and Vertical Bends
Tees
Crosses

4
6
4
6
8

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover


Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces
are required.

G122

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Splice Plates


MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

MATERIAL
Copper
Copper
Copper

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-SSP
(Prefix)-4-SSP
(Prefix)-5-SSP
(Prefix)-6-SSP
(Prefix)-7-SSP

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-ESP
(Prefix)-4-ESP
(Prefix)-5-ESP
(Prefix)-6-ESP
(Prefix)-7-ESP

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-HSP
(Prefix)-4-HSP
(Prefix)-5-HSP
(Prefix)-6-HSP
(Prefix)-7-HSP

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-VSP
(Prefix)-4-VSP
(Prefix)-5-VSP
(Prefix)-6-VSP
(Prefix)-7-VSP

Easy alignment and installation.


Packaged in pairs with zinc plated
hardware.
Provided as standard with each item.

Expansion Splice Plate


Allows for a 1" expansion or contraction
of tray system. See page G30 for more
information.
Packaged in pairs with hardware.

G
T&B Cable Tray

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW

Splice Plate
HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

Horizontal Adjustable Plate


Adjustable Hinge Plates provide
maximum horizontal installation
flexibility. Packaged in pairs with
hardware.

Vertical Adjustable Plate

RATING
600A
1200A
2000A

CATALOG NO.
CAW 600 BJ
CAW 1200 BJ
CAW 2000 BJ

Hinged Vertical Plates provide


maximum flexibility for changes in
elevation. Packaged in pairs with
hardware.

Bonding Jumper
Use Bonding Jumpers at expansion
splice plates if cable tray is used as a
grounding conductor.
See NEC 318-7.
2000 Amp shown.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G123

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Splice Plates


Box To Tray Plates
Designed to secure tray to electrical panels
or boxes, walls or end supports.
Packaged in pairs with hardware.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

Closure End Plate


Provides closure for any tray end.
Hardware included.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-BSP
(Prefix)-4-BSP
(Prefix)-5-BSP
(Prefix)-6-BSP
(Prefix)-7-BSP

HEIGHT
CATALOG NO.
3d"
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-CEP
4"
(Prefix)-4-(*)-CEP
5"
(Prefix)-5-(*)-CEP
6"
(Prefix)-6-(*)-CEP
7"
(Prefix)-7-(*)-CEP
* Tray Width

T&B Cable Tray

Reducing Splice Plate


Used in pairs to provide a straight reduction
or used with a Standard Splice Plate for an
offset reduction.
One per package with hardware.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

HEIGHT
CATALOG NO.
3d"
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-RSP
4"
(Prefix)-4-(*)-RSP
5"
(Prefix)-5-(*)-RSP
6"
(Prefix)-6-(*)-RSP
7"
(Prefix)-7-(*)-RSP

*Note: For Offset Reduction: Insert width to be reduced.


For Straight Reduction: Insert 12 width to be reduced
(2 required)

Standard Hold Down Clamp


Designed for most indoor installation.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-SHC

Pre-Galvanized

Easy to use and install.

HGW

Hardware not included.

Hot Dip
Galvanized

Combination Hold Down /


Expansion Clamp

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-HEC

Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

Steel Tray Hardware

DESCRIPTION
c" Carriage Bolt
c" Hex Nut
c" Carriage Bolt
c" Hex Nut
316 Stainless Hardware Kit
#10 x d" Self Drilling
Self Tapping Screw

MATERIAL
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
PGW-c-CB
PGW-c-HN
S6W-c-CB
S6W-c-HN
S6W-c-HWK*

Zinc Plated

PGW-10-SCR

* Contains 8 nuts, 8 bolts, 8 lock washers

G124

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Cable Protection


Cable Protection
Drop-outs provide protection for cables during installation and after. The smooth radiused transition provides
excellent protection of insulation and increases the bending radius of larger cables, reducing possible cable
elongation.
MATERIAL PREFIX
PGW

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-DO

Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

* Tray Width

Drop-Out
Designed to provide a smooth radiused
surface at any position on the tray or trough
bottom.
Drop-Outs are easily attached using
hardware provided.
Standard Radius = 4''.

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-WPS

Pre-Galvanized

HGW

Wall Penetration Sleeve


Designed to pass through walls and fire
walls.

T&B Cable Tray

MATERIAL PREFIX
PGW

Hardware included.

Hot Dip
Galvanized

Note: Not Fire Rated.


Fire Stop not
included.

* Siderail Height
** Width

MATERIAL PREFIX
PGW

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-FBP

Pre-Galvanized

HGW

Frame Type Tray to Box Plate


Designed to secure tray to electrical
enclosures and panels.
Hardware not included.

Hot Dip
Galvanized

* Siderail Height
** Width

MATERIAL PREFIX
PGW

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-SDS

Pre-Galvanized

Step Down Splice Plate


Connects siderails of different heights.
Hardware included.

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

* Siderail Height 1
** Siderail Height 2

MATERIAL
Natural Nylon

Nylon Expansion Pad

CATALOG NO.
ALW-NSP

Allows for thermal expansion and


contraction of cable trays over supports.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G125

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Barrier Strips


Barrier Strips
Barrier strips are used to separate cables within a tray. They are fastened into the tray with the Barrier Strip Clamp.

Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips provide a method of
separating cables in tray and trough
systems. Easily installed using supplied
hardware or Barrier Strip Clamps (sold
separately). 72" Barriers are flexible for
use with horizontal fittings.

72"

144"

T&B Cable Tray

G
Inside
Bend

Outside
Bend

Inside/Outside Vertical
Bend Barriers
Preformed to fit all standard
steel vertical bends.
Provided with hardware.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

MATERIAL
PREFIX
PGW
Pre-Galvanized

HGW
Hot Dip
Galvanized

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-4-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-5-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-6-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-7-SB-72 & 144

Note: Hot dipped available in 72'' only


72'' barriers provided with 3 PGW 10 SCR
144'' barriers provided with 6 PGW 10 SCR

INSIDE BEND
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-4-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-5-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-6-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-7-VIB-(*)-(+)

OUTSIDE BEND
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-4-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-5-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-6-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-7-VOB-(*)-(+)

SIDERAIL
HEIGHT
3d
4
5
6
7

(*) Insert Bend Degree (+) Insert Bend Radius


Note: 3 d" is only available in 12" and 24" radius.

Barrier Strip Clamp


Barrier Strip Clamps mount Barrier Strips to
Ladder rungs and Ventilated Trough
bottoms.

MATERIAL PREFIX
PGW

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-BSC

Pre-Galvanized

Complete mounting hardware supplied.

Barrier Strip Splice


Alignment splice for joining connecting
Barrier Strips.

G126

MATERIAL PREFIX
Plastic

CATALOG NO.
ALW-BSS

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Steel Cable Tray

Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Barrier Strips


MATERIAL

Cable Tray Guide

CATALOG NO.

Zinc Plated Steel

PGW-CTG

Steel Hot Dip

HGW-CTG

Expansion guide for single or double runs


of cable tray.
No need to field drill channel or I-beam.

MATERIAL

Cable Tray Clamp

CATALOG NO.

Zinc Plated Steel

PGW-CTC

Clamps for single run of cable tray.

Steel Hot Dip

HGW-CTC

No need to field drill channel or I-beam.

G
T&B Cable Tray

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G127

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray T&B Cable Tray System

T&B Cable Tray

APPLICATIONS

Features

G128

Available in Type 304 and 316 stainless steel


material.

Exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie slots on one inch (1")


centers.

Extra wide rung design.

Four bolt connection.

Versatile strut shaped rung.

Complete line of fittings.

Complete line of accessories.

COMMERCIAL
Schools
Hospitals
Office Buildings
Airports
Casinos
Stadiums

INDUSTRIAL
Petro-Chemical Plants
Automotive Plants
Paper Plants
Food Processing
Power Plants
Refineries
Manufacturing
Mining

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Index


Ladder
Formed siderails are mig welded to 158'' wide rungs to provide
maximum rigidity and strength. Rung design includes exclusive TyRap cable tie slots on 1" centers.

Ventilated Trough
Ventilated sheet welded to stainless steel siderails below rungs. This
tray design offers maximum cable support while allowing for cable
ventilation and openings for cable drop outs.

Ladder

Solid Trough

Ventilated Trough

Index
312" Straight Sections .....................................................................G132
4" Straight Sections........................................................................G134
5" Straight Sections........................................................................G136
6" Straight Sections........................................................................G138
7" Straight Sections........................................................................G140
Horizontal Bends 90, 60..............................................................G142
Horizontal Bends 45, 30..............................................................G143
Horizontal Tee, Cross.....................................................................G144
Reducers ........................................................................................G145
Horizontal Reducing Tee ................................................................G146
Horizontal Expanding Tee ..............................................................G147
Horizontal Expanding / Reducing Cross ........................................G148
Horizontal Wye ...............................................................................G149
Vertical Bend 90............................................................................G150
Vertical Bend 60............................................................................G151
Vertical Bend 45............................................................................G152
Vertical Bend 30............................................................................G153
Vertical Tee Up/Down.....................................................................G154
Cable Support Fitting .....................................................................G155
Tray-Pro Features ........................................................................G156
Covers and Accessories.................................................................G157
Stainless Steel Tray Accessories ...................................................G161

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Solid Trough

G129

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to stainless steel siderails below rungs. This design
offers added cable protection.

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Straight Sections Numbering System


How to create part numbers
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria.
For example the first selection issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to. This
selection will lead to the best material for your application. For complete details on cable tray selection process,
see page G11.

Methods:

T&B Cable Tray

1.

Select the material best suited to your environment. Refer to technical section page G18.

2.

Determine the series tray using the NEMA Load/Span Designations page G12, and Sizing Cable Tray
page G31.

3.

Select nominal depth and width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page G31.

4.

Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.

5.

The last number is the length of the cable tray in inches.

Example:

Straight Section Number Selection

(S42-6)-24-L09-144
Material
S4 304
Stainless Steel

Series

Siderail
Depth

Width

1 Series 1

*3d (3d")

2 Series 2

Bottom Type

Length

06 (6")

L06 6" rung spacing

144 (12ft)

4 (4")

09 (9")

L09 9" rung spacing

288 (24ft)

5 (5")

12 (12")

L12 12" rung spacing

6 (6")

18 (18")

L18 18" rung spacing

**7 (7")

24 (24")

V Ventilated Trough

30 (30")

S Solid Trough

S6 316
Stainless Steel

36 (36")
42 (42")

Prefix
* 3d " tray available in series 1 and 12 ft. lengths only

** 7" tray available in series 2 only


*** Series 3 available in 5" and 6" heights only.

G130

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Fittings Numbering System

G
T&B Cable Tray

Example:

Fittings Number Selection

(S4F-6)-24-L-VO 60-12
Fitting
Material

Siderail
Depth

Width

S4 304
Stainless
Steel

3d (3d")

06 (6")

4 (4")

09 (9")

5 (5")

12 (12")

S6 316
Stainless
Steel

6 (6")
7 (7")

18 (18")
24 (24")

Bottom
Type
L
(9" rung
spacing)
V
Ventilated
S Solid

30 (30")
36 (36")
42 (42")

Prefix

Fitting Type

Angle**

Radius

HB Horizontal Bend
HT Horizontal Tee
HX Horizontal Cross
VI Vertical Inside Bend
VO Vertical Outside Bend
VTD Vertical Tee Down
VTU Vertical Tee Up
HYR Horizontal Wye Right
HYL Horizontal Wye Left
RT Horizontal Reduce Tee
ET Horizontal Expand Tee
EX Horizontal Expand &
Reduce Cross
HLR Horizontal Left Reducer
HSR Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right Reducer
CS Cable Support Fitting

30 (30)

12 (12")

45 (45)

24 (24")

60 (60)

*36 (36")

90 (90)

*48 (48")

*R36 and R48 not available for 3d" tray


**Angle required for HB, VI, & VO only
Radius not required for HLR, HSR, & HRR

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G131

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 3d" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 3e"
Loading Height 2e"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.

Material:

S4-304 Stainless Steel


S6-316 Stainless Steel

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

SERIES

S41-3d
S61-3d

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

125

80

56

41

31

25

20

0.222

0.500

0.720

1.056

1.469

1.906

2.420

3.000

0.001

0.004

0.009

0.019

0.036

0.061

0.098

0.150

222

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

Part Numbering System

(S41-3d)-24-L09-144
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

G132

Material

Length
Bottom Style
Width

Depth
Series

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 3d" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

G
T&B Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough

SERIES

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 1.266 in4

12A

1.328

S41-3d
S61-3d

2.587

Sx = 0.514 in

3.625

1.328

Solid Trough

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42''=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G142 - G155.

G133

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 4" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 4i"
Loading Height 3i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.

Material:

S4-304 Stainless Steel


S6-316 Stainless Steel

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

SERIES

S41-4
S61-4

264

149

95

Deflection (in.)

0.264

0.297

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

589

331

212

Deflection (in.)

0.236

0.331

Deflection Factor

0.000

0.001

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S42-4
S62-4

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12

Load (lbs./ft.)

14

16

18

20

66

48

37

29

24

0.475

0.726

1.018

1.299

1.643

2.043

0.005

0.011

0.021

0.035

0.056

0.086

14

16

18

20

147

108

83

65

53

0.636

1.031

1.406

1.822

2.356

2.915

0.003

0.007

0.013

0.022

0.036

0.055

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

Part Numbering System

(S42-4)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G134

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 4" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

G
T&B Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough

SERIES

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 1.974 in4

8A, 8B, 8C,

Sx = 0.788 in

12A

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 2.224 in4
Sx = 1.076 in3

8A, 8B, 8C,


12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B
20A

1.328

S41-4
S61-4

1.328
1.328

1.328

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
1.328

S42-4
S62-4

1.328
1.328

Solid Trough

1.328

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G142 - G155.

G135

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 5" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 5i"
Loading Height 4i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Accessories:
Material:

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.
One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.
S4-304 Stainless Steel
S6-316 Stainless Steel

Comply with: NEMA, NEC, UL


Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
10
12
14

16

18

20

162

104

72

53

41

32

26

0.115

0.162

0.311

0.432

0.635

0.810

1.152

1.296

0.0004

0.001

0.003

0.006

0.012

0.020

0.051

0.050

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

505

284

182

126

93

71

56

45

Deflection (in.)

0.202

0.284

0.545

0.757

1.113

1.420

2.020

2.272

Deflection Factor

0.0004

0.001

0.003

0.006

0.012

0.020

0.051

0.050

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

Load (lbs./ft.)

1111

625

400

278

204

156

123

100

Deflection (in.)

0.225

0.400

0.625

0.899

1.224

1.599

2.023

2.498

Deflection Factor

0.0002

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.006

0.010

0.016

0.025

SERIES

S41-5
S61-5

Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

SERIES

S42-5
S62-5

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S43-5
S63-5

288

Part Numbering System

(S42-5)-24-L09-144
All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

G136

Material
Depth
Series

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 5" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

DIMENSIONS
1.328

S41-5
S61-5

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR
Ix = 2.303 in4
Sx = 0.855 in3

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS
8A, 8B, 8C
12A

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 2.888 in4
Sx = 1.074 in3

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B, 12C
16A

T&B Cable Tray

SERIES

Ventilated Trough

4.150
5.188

1.328

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
1.328

S42-5
S62-5

4.150
5.188

1.328

Solid Trough
SERIES

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 4.635 in4
Sx = 1.732 in3

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B, 16C
20A, 20B, 20C

1.328

S43-5
S63-5

4.150
5.188

1.328

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G142 - G155.

G137

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 6" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 6i"
Loading Height 5i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.

Material:

S4-304 Stainless Steel


S6-316 Stainless Steel

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.
SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)
10
12
14

16

18

20

169

108

75

55

42

33

27

0.076

0.136

0.212

0.306

0.416

0.544

0.688

0.850

0.0003

0.001

0.002

0.004

0.008

0.013

0.021

0.031

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

733

413

264

183

135

103

81

66

Deflection (in.)

0.147

0.206

0.264

0.550

0.673

0.825

1.059

1.320

Deflection Factor

0.0002

0.0005

0.001

0.003

0.005

0.008

0.013

0.020

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

Load (lbs./ft.)

1289

725

464

322

237

181

143

116

Deflection (in.)

0.258

0.363

0.464

0.967

1.184

1.450

1.862

2.320

Deflection Factor

0.0002

0.0005

0.001

0.003

0.005

0.008

0.013

0.020

SERIES

S41-6
S61-6

300

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S42-6
S62-6

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S43-6
S63-6

All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

Part Numbering System

(S42-6)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G138

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 6" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 3.540 in4
Sx = 1.1068 in3

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 5.512 in4
Sx = 1.727 in3

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B
20A

1.328

S41-6
S61-6
SERIES

Ventilated Trough

5.150
6.188

1.328

DIMENSIONS
1.328

S42-6
S62-6
SERIES

T&B Cable Tray

SERIES

5.150
6.188

Solid Trough

1.328

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

CSA LOAD
RATING

Ix = 7.173 in4
Sx = 2.250 in3

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B, 16C
20A, 20B, 20C

1.328

S43-6
S63-6

5.150
6.188

1.328

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G142 - G155.

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G139

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 7" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough
Siderails:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 7i"
Loading Height 6i"

Ladder Rung:
Design:

Rounded corners with continuous slot.


Ty-Rap cable tie slots on 1" centers.
Reverse position of every other rung for bottom or top mounting of cable ties.

Ventilated Trough:
Design:

Ventilated sheet welded to siderails below rungs for maximum ventilation and support.

Solid Trough:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Solid sheet welded to siderails below rungs for added cable protection.

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates comes with c" mounting hardware.

Material:

S4-304 Stainless Steel


S6-316 Stainless Steel

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL

Load Ratings: 1.5 Safety factor (NEMA). All tray sections will support an additional 200lb. concentrated load
on any portion of tray (siderail, rung, etc.) above and beyond published NEMA load class.

SERIES

S42-7
S62-7

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10
12
14

16

18

20

313

200

139

102

78

62

50

0.064

0.113

0.177

0.254

0.346

0.452

0.572

0.706

0.0001

0.0004

0.001

0.002

0.003

0.006

0.009

0.014

556

Deflection (in.)
Deflection Factor

Load (lbs./ft.)

Part Numbering System


All calculations and data are based on 36" wide cable trays
with rungs spaced on 12" centers with tray supported as simple
spans with deflection measured at the midpoint.
Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.

(S42-7)-24-L09-144
Material
Depth
Series

G140

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray 7" Straight Sections Ladder, Ventilated and Solid Trough

Ladder

SERIES

DIMENSIONS

SIDERAIL DESIGN
FACTORS 1 PAIR

NEMA
CLASSIFICATIONS

Ix = 7.992 in4
Sx = 2.163 in3

8A, 8B, 8C
12A, 12B, 12C
16A, 16B
20A

1.328

S42-7
S62-7

6.134
7.188

Solid Trough

1.328

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24, 30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Tray Lengths:
144"=144(12ft.) or 288"=288(24ft.)

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 6"=L06, 9"=L09, 12"=L12, 18"=L18
V Ventilated / S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.
For Fittings see pages
G142 - G155.

G141

T&B Cable Tray

Ventilated Trough

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Bends 90 / 60


Part Numbering System

(S4F-4)-24-L-HB60-12
Fitting
Material

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Angle

Selection Guide

90 Horizontal Bend
Z

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Z
Y

G
T&B Cable Tray

Width

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

R
X

60 Horizontal Bend
RADIUS

90 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS

12

24

36

48

CATALOG NO.*

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-12

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-24

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-36

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB90-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB90-48

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

G142

RADIUS

60 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS

12

24

36

48

CATALOG NO.*

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-12

13
14j
15l
18i
20m
23c
26
28l

9
10d
12
15
18
21
24
27

8W
9d
10c
12a
13f
15l
17j
19h

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-24

23c
24W
26
28l
31i
33f
36c
39

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

15l
16k
17j
19h
20m
22d
24b
26

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-36

33f
35h
36c
39
41l
44i
46f
49c

21
22d
24
27
30
33
36
39

22d
23c
24b
26
27W
29k
31i
32n

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB60-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB60-48

44i
45k
46f
49c
51n
54l
57i
59f

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

29k
30j
31i
32n
34f
36c
38a
39m

Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Bends 45 / 30


Part Numbering System

(S4F-6)-18-V-HB4-24
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Angle

R
X

Selection Guide

45 Horizontal Bend

Inside Tray Widths:

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

R
X

RADIUS

45 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS

12

24

36

48

CATALOGUE NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-12

10e
11W
12f
14g
17
19h
21i
23j

6d
8
9d
12d
15d
18d
21d
24d

6i
6m
7k
8W
9n
11i
12k
13W

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-24

19h
20a
21i
23j
25k
27l
29W
31m

10
11d
13
16
19
22
25
28

11i
11m
12k
13W
14n
16a
17c
18e

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-36

27l
28e
29W
31m
33n
36h
38i
40j

13l
15h
16l
19l
22l
25l
28l
31l

16a
16f
17c
18e
19g
21a
22c
23e

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB45-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB45-48

36h
37a
38i
40j
42k
44l
46W
48m

17h
18l
20h
23h
26h
29h
32h
35h

21a
21f
22c
23e
24g
26a
27j
28l

RADIUS
R

12

24

36

48

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

30 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-12

7d
8b
9
10d
12
13d
15
16d

4e
6a
7e
10e
13e
16e
19e
22e

4
4k
4m
5e
6k
7b
8h
8m

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-24

13d
14b
15
16d
18
19d
21
22d

6i
7W
9i
12i
15i
18i
21i
24i

7b
7e
8h
8m
9e
10k
11b
12h

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-36

19d
20b
21
22d
24
25d
27
28d

7m
9j
10m
13m
16m
19m
22m
25m

10k
10g
11b
12h
12g
13W
14d
15b

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HB30-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HB30-48

25d
26b
27
28d
30
31d
33
34d

9k
10n
12k
15k
18k
21k
24k
27k

13W
14h
14d
15b
16h
16g
17W
18d

Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G143

T&B Cable Tray

30 Horizontal Bend

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Tee, Cross


Part Numbering System
Y

(S4F-5)-06-L-HT12

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Tee

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42*

T&B Cable Tray

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

R
Cross

HORIZONTAL TEE
RADIUS WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
R
CATALOG NO.*
X
Y

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT12

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT24

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT36

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HT48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HT48

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138

HORIZONTAL CROSS
RADIUS WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
R
CATALOG NO.*
X
Y

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX12
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX12

15
16d
18
21
24
27
30
33

30
33
36
42
48
54
60
66

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX24
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX24

27
28d
30
33
36
39
42
45

54
57
60
66
72
78
84
90

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX36
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX36

39
40d
42
45
48
51
54
57

78
81
84
90
96
102
108
114

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-09-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-12-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-18-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-24-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-30-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-36-(*)HX48
(Prefix)-42-(*)HX48

51
52d
54
57
60
63
66
69

102
105
108
114
120
126
132
138

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. Tees include 2 pairs / Crosses include 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

G144

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Reducers


W1

Part Numbering System


X

(S4F-6)-42-36-L-HLR
Fitting
Material

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

W2

Fitting
Type

Offset Reducer-Left

W1

Selection Guide

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Offset Reducer-Straight

W2

Bottom Styles:

W1

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

W2

WIDTHS
W1
W2

LH REDUCER
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.*
X

Offset Reducer-Right

STRAIGHT REDUCER (Concentric)


DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.*
X

RH REDUCER
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.*
X

36
30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
18c
21g
25j
27h
28m

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
13i
14n
16W
17d
18c

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
18c
21g
25j
27h
28m

30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
18c
21g
23l
25j

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
13i
14n
15m
16W

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
18c
21g
23l
25j

24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
18c
20a
21g

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
13i
14h
14n

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
18c
20a
21g

18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-HLR

11k
14n
16W
18c

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-HSR

9f
11k
12j
13i

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-HRR

11k
14n
16W
18c

12
9
6

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-HLR

11k
13i
14n

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-HSR

9f
10e
11k

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-HRR

11k
13i
14n

12

9
6

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-HLR
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-HLR

9f
11k

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-HSR
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-HSR

8g
9f

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-HRR
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-HRR

9f
11k

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-HLR

9f

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-HSR

8g

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-HRR

9f

42

36

30

24

18

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G145

T&B Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Reducing Tee


Part Numbering System

(S4F-7)-42-36-L-RT12

Fitting
Material

W1
X

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Radius

Fitting
Type

W2

Selection Guide
Reducing Tee

Inside Tray Widths (W1 > W2):


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

T&B Cable Tray

HORIZONTAL REDUCING TEE


WIDTHS
W1
W2
CATALOG NO.*

(+)
12" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
24" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
36" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
48" RADIUS
X
Y

36
30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-42-36-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-30-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-24-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-42-06-(*)-RT(+)

33
33
33
33
33
33
33

60
54
48
42
36
33
30

45
45
45
45
45
45
45

84
78
72
66
60
57
54

57
57
57
57
57
57
57

108
102
96
90
84
81
78

69
69
69
69
69
69
69

132
126
120
114
108
105
102

30
24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-36-30-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-24-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-36-06-(*)-RT(+)

30
30
30
30
30
30

54
48
42
36
33
30

42
42
42
42
42
42

78
72
66
60
57
54

54
54
54
54
54
54

102
96
90
84
81
78

66
66
66
66
66
66

126
120
114
108
105
102

24
18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-30-24-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-30-06-(*)-RT(+)

27
27
27
27
27

48
42
36
33
30

39
39
39
39
39

72
66
60
57
54

51
51
51
51
51

96
90
84
81
78

63
63
63
63
63

120
114
108
105
102

18
12
9
6

(Prefix)-24-18-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-24-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-24-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-24-06-(*)-RT(+)

24
24
24
24

42
36
33
30

36
36
36
36

66
60
57
54

48
48
48
48

90
84
81
78

60
60
60
60

114
108
105
102

12
9
6

(Prefix)-18-12-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-18-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-18-06-(*)-RT(+)

21
21
21

36
33
30

33
33
33

60
57
54

45
45
45

84
81
78

57
57
57

108
105
102

12

9
6

(Prefix)-12-09-(*)-RT(+)
(Prefix)-12-06-(*)-RT(+)

18
18

33
30

30
30

57
54

42
42

81
78

54
54

105
102

(Prefix)-09-06-(*)-RT(+)

16d

30

28d

54

40d

78

52d

102

42

36

30

24

18

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) Insert radius (12"-48").

G146

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Expanding Tee


Part Numbering System

(S4F-4)-06-09-L-ET24
Fitting
Material

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Radius

W1

Fitting
Type

R
W2

Selection Guide
Expanding Tee

Inside Tray Widths (W1 < W2):


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

(+)
12" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
24" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
36" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
48" RADIUS
X
Y

36

42

(Prefix)-36-42-(*)-ET(+)

30

66

42

90

54

114

66

138

30

36
42

(Prefix)-30-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-30-42-(*)-ET(+)

27
27

60
66

39
39

84
90

51
51

108
114

63
63

132
138

30
36
42

(Prefix)-24-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-24-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-24-42-(*)-ET(+)

24
24
24

54
60
66

36
36
36

78
84
90

48
48
48

102
108
114

60
60
60

126
132
138

24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-18-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-18-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-18-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-18-42-(*)-ET(+)

21
21
21
21

48
54
60
66

33
33
33
33

72
78
84
90

45
45
45
45

96
102
108
114

57
57
57
57

120
126
132
138

18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-12-18-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-12-42-(*)-ET(+)

18
18
18
18
18

42
48
54
60
66

30
30
30
30
30

66
72
78
84
90

42
42
42
42
42

90
96
102
108
114

54
54
54
54
54

114
120
126
132
138

12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-09-12-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-18-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-09-42-(*)-ET(+)

16d
16d
16d
16d
16d
16d

36
42
48
54
60
66

28d
28d
28d
28d
28d
28d

60
66
72
78
84
90

40d
40d
40d
40d
40d
40d

84
90
96
102
108
114

52d
52d
52d
52d
52d
52d

108
114
120
126
132
138

9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-09-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-12-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-18-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-24-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-30-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-36-(*)-ET(+)
(Prefix)-06-42-(*)-ET(+)

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

33
36
42
48
54
60
66

27
27
27
27
27
27
27

57
60
66
72
78
84
90

39
39
39
39
39
39
39

81
84
90
96
102
108
114

51
51
51
51
51
51
51

105
108
114
120
126
132
138

24

18

12

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) Insert radius (12"-48").

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

T&B Cable Tray

HORIZONTAL EXPANDING TEE


WIDTHS
W1
W2
CATALOG NO.*

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G147

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Expanding / Reducing Cross


Part Numbering System
X

(S4F-5)-36-42-L-EX36
Fitting
Material

W1
W2

Width 1

Siderail
Depth

Bottom
Style

Width 2

Radius

Fitting
Type

R
W2
W1

Selection Guide

Horizontal Expanding
/ Reducing Cross

Inside Tray Widths (W1 < W2):


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

T&B Cable Tray

HORIZONTAL EXPANDING/REDUCING CROSS


(+)
WIDTHS
12" RADIUS
W1
W2
CATALOG NO.*
X
Y
36
30
24
18
12
9
6
30
24
18
12
9
6
24
18
12
9
6
18
12
9
6
12
9
6

42

36

30

24

18

(+)
24" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
36" RADIUS
X
Y

(+)
48" RADIUS
X
Y

(Prefix)-36-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-30-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-24-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-18-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-42-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-42-(*)-EX(+)

66
66
66
66
66
66
66

60
54
48
42
36
33
30

90
90
90
90
90
90
90

84
78
72
66
60
57
54

114
114
114
114
114
114
114

108
102
96
90
84
81
78

138
138
138
138
138
138
138

132
126
120
114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-30-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-24-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-18-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-36-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-36-(*)-EX(+)

60
60
60
60
60
60

54
48
42
36
33
30

84
84
84
84
84
84

78
72
66
60
57
54

108
108
108
108
108
108

102
96
90
84
81
78

132
132
132
132
132
132

126
120
114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-24-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-18-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-30-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-30-(*)-EX(+)

54
54
54
54
54

48
42
36
33
30

78
78
78
78
78

72
66
60
57
54

102
102
102
102
102

96
90
84
81
78

126
126
126
126
126

120
114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-18-24-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-12-24-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-24-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-24-(*)-EX(+)

48
48
48
48

42
36
33
30

72
72
72
72

66
60
57
54

96
96
96
96

90
84
81
78

120
120
120
120

114
108
105
102

(Prefix)-12-18-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-09-18-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-18-(*)-EX(+)

42
42
42

36
33
30

66
66
66

60
57
54

90
90
90

84
81
78

114
114
114

108
105
102

9
6

12

(Prefix)-09-12-(*)-EX(+)
(Prefix)-06-12-(*)-EX(+)

36
36

33
30

60
60

57
54

84
84

81
78

108
108

105
102

(Prefix)-06-09-(*)-EX(+)

33

30

57

54

81

78

105

102

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) Insert radius (12"-48").

G148

Includes 3 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Horizontal Wye 45


Part Numbering System

(S4F-6)-36-L-HYL36
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius
45

Left Hand Wye

Selection Guide
Y

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

R
W

45

45 HORIZONTAL BEND
RADIUS
R

12

24

36

48

WIDTH
LEFT HAND WYE CAT. NO.*

LEFT HAND WYE CAT. NO.*

DIMENSIONS
Y

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL12

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR12

23k
27W
31n
40c
48g
57c
65g
77j

15j
20k
25l
35m
46h
56b
66d
76f

8
11
14
20
26
32
38
44

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL24

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR24

28c
32e
36g
45c
53g
62j
70m
79j

15j
20k
25l
35m
46h
56b
66d
76f

3
6
9
15
21
27
33
39

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL36

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR36

38j
42l
46m
55b
63f
72b
80f
89b

18m
23n
29h
39b
49d
59f
70
80b

3
6
9
15
21
27
33
39

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYL48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYL48

(Prefix)-06-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-HYR48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-HYR48

48b
52d
56f
65b
73W
82i
90W
99i

22j
27k
32l
42m
53h
63b
73d
83f

3
6
9
15
21
27
33
39

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

www.tnb.com

G149

T&B Cable Tray

Right Hand Wye

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 90


Part Numbering System
Z

(S4F-7)-30-L-VI90-36
X

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Fitting
Type

Bottom Degree
Style

Selection Guide

Outside Bend

Inside Tray Widths:


Z

6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,


30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

G
T&B Cable Tray

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

Inside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)90-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)90-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

3d"
X Y Z

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

7"
Y Z

12

12 12

15e 15e 15e 16i 16i 16i 17i 17i 17i 18i 18i 18i 19i 19i 19i

24

24 24

27e 27e 27e 28i 28i 28i 29i 29i 29i 30i 30i 30i 31i 31i 31i

36

36 36

39e 39e 39e 40i 40i 40i 41i 41i 41i 42i 42i 42i 43i 43i 43i

48

48 48

51e 51e 51e 52i 52i 52i 53i 53i 53i 54i 54i 54i 55i 55i 55i

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

G150

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 60


Part Numbering System

(S4F-4)-36-V-VO60-24
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Fitting
Type

Degree

Z
Y

Outside Bend

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

R
X

Inside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)60-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)60-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

10c

6n

3d"
X Y Z

14

9e

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

14l 10i 9c

7"
Y Z

15l 11i 9n 16l 12i 10d 17l 13i 11h

20m 12 13g

24k 15e 15n 25

31i 18 20m

34m 21e 22g 35c 22i 23i 36c 23i 23f 37c 24i 24c 38c 25i 24n

41l 24 27L

45i 27e 29m 45f 28i 30a 46f 29i 30W 47f 30i 31j 48f 31i 31g

16i 16b 26

17i 16g 27

18i 17k 28

19i 18

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G151

T&B Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 45


Part Numbering System

(S4F-5)-24-S-VI45-48
Fitting
Material

Z
X

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Fitting
Type

Bottom Degree
Style

Outside Bend

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Y
Z

T&B Cable Tray

Bottom Styles:
L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"
V Ventilated / S Solid

Inside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)45-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)45-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

8d

3d

17

9n

3d"
X Y Z

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

12a 7a 6d 12W 7W 6W 13W 8W 7a

7"
Y Z

14W 9W 7l 15W 10W 7n

20e 10e 11k 21i 11i 11W 22i 12i 12h 23i 13i 12d 24i 14i 12n

25k 10l 14n

29h 14i 16k 29e 14f 16e 30e 15f 17h 31e 16f 17d 32e 17f 17g

33n 14h 19g

37W 17W 21c 38a 18b 21e 39a 19b 22

40a 20b 22k 41a 21b 22g

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

G152

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Vertical Bend 30


Part Numbering System

(S4F-6)-12-L-VO30-24
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Fitting
Type

Degree

Selection Guide

Inside Bend

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:
Z

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

Outside Bend

RADIUS WIDTH
R
CATALOG NO.*

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-(+)30-48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-(+)30-48

(+) VO SIDERAIL
HEIGHT 3d"7"
X Y Z

(+) VI SIDERAIL HEIGHT


4"
5"
6"
X Y Z
X Y Z
X Y Z

3d"
X Y Z

7"
Y Z

5b 4i

10i 5m 4j

11i 6m 4e

12i 7m 4g

13i 8m 5a

12 3i 6k

15e 6m 7c

16i 7c 7l

17i 8c 7m

18i 9c 8h

19i 10c 8c

18 4m 9e

21e 8k 10e

22i 9 10f

23i 10 11h

24i 11 11j

25i 12 11l

24 6k 12g

27e 10h 13m 28i 10e 14

29i 11e 14b

30i 12e 14d

31i 13e 14m

1e 3i

9e

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No. (+) insert VO for vertical outside or VI for vertical inside. Includes 1 pair of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G153

T&B Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Vertical Tee Up/Down


Part Numbering System

(S4F-6)-24-L-VTD12
R

Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

W
H

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

Selection Guide
Up

Inside Tray Widths:


6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"=L09,


V Ventilated / S Solid

T&B Cable Tray

H
W
R

Down

RADIUS WIDTH
R
W

12

24

36

48

VERTICAL
TEE UP
CATALOG NO.

VERTICAL
TEE DOWN
CATALOG NO.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU12

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU24

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU36

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTU48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTU48

(Prefix)-06-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-VTD48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-VTD48

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

G154

3d"
X Y

SIDERAIL HEIGHT H
4"
5"
6"
X Y
X Y
X
Y

7"
X

13m 27e

14a 28i

14e 29i

15a 30i 15e 31i

25m 51e

26a 52i

26e 53i

27a 54i 27e 55i

39a 78i 39e 79i

NA

NA

38a 76i

38e 77i

NA

NA

50a 100i

50e 101i 51a 102i 51e 103i

Includes 2 pairs of splice plates with hardware.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Cable Support Fitting


Part Numbering System
X

(54F-7)-24-V-CS9012
Fitting
Material

Width

Siderail
Depth

Fitting
Type

Bottom
Style

Radius

3"

Degree

R
Y

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 9"=09, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24,
30"=30, 36"=36, 42"=42

Steel Cable Support


Fitting

Bottom Styles:

L Standard Ladder Rung Spacing 9"


V Ventilated / S Solid

12

24

36

48

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

4"

6"

7"

15.625

16.188

17.188

18.188

19.188

27.625

28.188

29.188

30.188

31.188

39.625

40.188

41.188

42.188

43.188

51.625

52.188

53.188

54.188

55.188

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS12
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS24
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS36
(Prefix)-06-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-09-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-12-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-18-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-24-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-30-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-36-(*)-CS48
(Prefix)-42-(*)-CS48

SIDERAIL HEIGHT H
5"
X

3g"

T&B Cable Tray

RADIUS WIDTH
R
W

(*) Insert bottom style to complete Catalog No.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G155

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Tray-Pro Ffeatures


Thomas & Betts Tray-Prois an innovative, easy to use
design package for AutoCad 12, AutoCad 13, and
AutoCad Release 2000 (Windows or DOS).
Now available to download from the internet:
www.members.home.net/ctc/

T&B Cable Tray

G
Features

G156

Single line, 2D and 3D drawing capability.

Automatic bill of material generator with multiple database file merging capability.

Automatic specification generator.

Visual interference checking through 3D.

Open architecture layer control.

Full editing capability.

Automatic cable tray annotation.

Automatic tray support drawing capability.

Design load calculator.

On-line NEC, NEMA and CSA standards help/assistance.

Full detail and accessory library.

Complete and easy to use dialog box interface.

Metric capability.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers


Tray Covers
Tray covers are available for all classes of tray. They should be installed
where falling objects may damage cables or where vertical tray run is
accessible by pedestrian or vehicular traffic.

Solid
Non-Flanged

Outside cable tray runs should be covered with a Peaked Flanged cover to
protect cable from the elements and excess build up of snow and ice.

Solid Covers:
These covers provide maximum mechanical protection for cables with
limited heat build up. Solid covers are available with or without flange.
Flanged covers have d" flange.

Ventilated Flanged Covers:


This design offers excellent mechanical protection while allowing heat
produced by cables to dissipate.

Solid
Flanged

G
T&B Cable Tray

Peaked Flanged Covers:


Peaked covers offer mechanical protection plus prevents accumulation of
liquid on the cover. Peaked covers have 15 rise at the peak. Covers 12"
wide and less available in 72" and 144" length. Covers greater than 12"
wide available in 72" length only. Fittings covers are not available in
Peaked Flange.

Ventilated
Flanged

Notes: Cover mounting hardware must be ordered separately.


Material thickness = 19GA

Straight Cover Catalog Number Selection

(S4W-12)-SNC-72
Material
S4W 304 Stainless Steel
S6W 316 Stainless Steel

Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Type

Length

SNC Solid Non-flanged Cover

72 (72")

SFC Solid Flanged Cover

144 (12ft)

VFC Ventilated Flanged Cover


PFC Peaked Flanged Cover

Prefix

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G157

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers

Fitting Cover Catalog Number Selection

(S4W-12)-SNC-HB 90-24
Material
S4W
304 Stainless

S6W
316 Stainless

T&B Cable Tray

Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Prefix

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Degree*

Radius

SNC Solid Nonflanged Cover

HB Horizontal Bend

30 (30)

12 (12")

HT Horizontal Tee

45 (45)

24 (24")

SFC Solid Flanged


Cover

HX Horizontal Cross

60 (60)

36 (36")

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover

90 (90)

48 (48")

VTU Vertical Tee Down

VI Vertical Inside Bend


HYR Horizontal Wye
Right
HYL Horizontal Wye Left

*Required for HB & VI only

(S4W-18-12)-SNC-RT-12
Material
S4W
304 Stainless

S6W
316 Stainless

Width 1

Width 2

06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Prefix

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Radius*

SNC Solid Nonflanged Cover

RT Horizontal Reduce Tee


ET Horizontal Expand Tee
EX Horizontal Expand
Tee & Reduce Cross
HSR Horizontal Straight
Reducer
HLR Horizontal Left
Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right
Reducer

12 (12")

SFC Solid Flanged


Cover
VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover

24 (24")
36 (36")
48 (48")

*Radius not
required for
HSR, HLR, HRR

(S4W-4-12)-SNC-VO-90-24
Material
S4W
304 Stainless

S6W
316 Stainless

Siderail
Height
3 8 (3 8")
4 (4")
5 (5")
6 (6")
7 (7")
7

Prefix

Width 2
06
09
12
18
24
30
36
42

(6")
(9")
(12")
(18")
(24")
(30")
(36")
(42")

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Degree*

Radius

SNC Solid Nonflanged


Cover

VO Vertical
Outside
Bend

30 (30)

12 (12")

45 (45)

24 (24")

SFC Solid
Flanged
Cover

VTD Vertical
Tee Down

60 (60)

36 (36")

90 (90)

48 (48")

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover
*Required for VO only

G158

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers

MATERIAL
S4W
304 Stainless

S6W

COVER
OFFSET
1''
2''
3''

Raised Cover
Clamp

CATALOG NO.
S4W*RCC
S6W*RCC

Designed to raise cover


above tray for added
ventilation.

316 Stainless

*Cover offset

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W 304 Stainless Steel
S6W 316 Stainless Steel

304 Stainless

S6W
316 Stainless

WIDTH
06''
09''
12''
18''
24''
30''
36''
42''

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-HDC
(Prefix)-4-HDC
(Prefix)-5-HDC
(Prefix)-6-HDC
(Prefix)-7-HDC

CATALOG NO.
S4W*PEC
S6W*PEC

Combination Hold
Down Cover Clamp
Designed to secure flat
and flanged covers with
hold down feature.

Hardware not included.

T&B Cable Tray

MATERIAL
S4W

SIDERAIL
HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

Peaked End Cap


Used to transition
between peaked covers
and straight covers.

*Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G159

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Covers


Standard Cover Clamp

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W 304 Stainless Steel
S6W 316 Stainless Steel

Rigid indoor cover clamp for


flat and flanged covers.

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp


Wrap around design offers
added protection for rugged
applications and outdoor
conditions.

SIDERAIL
HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W

SIDERAIL HEAVY DUTY


HEIGHT CATALOG NO.
3d"
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-HCC
304 Stainless Steel
4"
(Prefix)-4-(*)-HCC
5"
(Prefix)-5-(*)-HCC
S6W
6"
(Prefix)-6-(*)-HCC
316 Stainless Steel
7"
(Prefix)-7-(*)-HCC

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-*-SCC

PEAKED COVER
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-4-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-5-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-6-(*)-HPC
(Prefix)-7-(*)-HPC

T&B Cable Tray

Hardware included.

Heavy Peaked Cover


Clamp
Wrap around design formed
to fit peaked cover for
outdoor applications.
Hardware included.

Cover Joint Strip


Strip used for joining covers.

MATERIAL PREFIX
S4W 304 Stainless Steel
S6W

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-SCS

316 Stainless Steel

* Width of Tray

Quantity of Standard Cover


Clamps Required
Straight section (6 ft.)
Straight section (12 ft.)
Horizontal and Vertical Bends
Tees
Crosses

4
6
4
6
8

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover


Clamp, only half the quantity of pieces
are required.

G160

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Splice Plates


Splice Plate

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-SSP
(Prefix)-4-SSP
(Prefix)-5-SSP
(Prefix)-6-SSP
(Prefix)-7-SSP

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-ESP
(Prefix)-4-ESP
(Prefix)-5-ESP
(Prefix)-6-ESP
(Prefix)-7-ESP

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-HSP
(Prefix)-4-HSP
(Prefix)-5-HSP
(Prefix)-6-HSP
(Prefix)-7-HSP

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-VSP
(Prefix)-4-VSP
(Prefix)-5-VSP
(Prefix)-6-VSP
(Prefix)-7-VSP

Easy alignment and installation.


Packaged in pairs with hardware.
Provided as standard with each item.

Expansion Splice Plate

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

Allows for a 1" expansion or contraction of


tray system. See page G30 for more
information.

Packaged in pairs with hardware.

T&B Cable Tray

Horizontal Adjustable Plate

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

Adjustable Hinge Plates provide maximum


horizontal installation flexibility.
Packaged in pairs with hardware.

Vertical Adjustable Plate

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

MATERIAL
Copper
Copper
Copper

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

RATING
600A
1200A
2000A

CATALOG NO.
CAW 600 BJ
CAW 1200 BJ
CAW 2000 BJ

Hinged Vertical Plates provide maximum


flexibility for changes in elevation.
Packaged in pairs with hardware.

Bonding Jumper
Use Bonding Jumpers at expansion splice
plates if cable tray is used as a grounding
conductor.
See NEC 318-7.
2000 Amp shown.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G161

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Splice Plates


Box To Tray Plates
Designed to secure tray to electrical panels
or boxes, walls or end supports.
Packaged in pairs with hardware.

Closure End Plate


Provides closure for any tray end.
Hardware included.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-BSP
(Prefix)-4-BSP
(Prefix)-5-BSP
(Prefix)-6-BSP
(Prefix)-7-BSP

HEIGHT
CATALOG NO.
3d"
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-CEP
4"
(Prefix)-4-(*)-CEP
5"
(Prefix)-5-(*)-CEP
6"
(Prefix)-6-(*)-CEP
7"
(Prefix)-7-(*)-CEP

T&B Cable Tray

* Tray Width

Reducing Splice Plate


Used in pairs to provide a straight reduction
or used with a Standard Splice Plate for an
offset reduction.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

One item per package with hardware.

HEIGHT
CATALOG NO.
3d"
(Prefix)-3d-(*)-RSP
4"
(Prefix)-4-(*)-RSP
5"
(Prefix)-5-(*)-RSP
6"
(Prefix)-6-(*)-RSP
7"
(Prefix)-7-(*)-RSP

*Note: For Offset Reduction: Insert width to be reduced


For Straight Reduction: Insert 12 width to be
reduced (2 required)

Standard Hold Down Clamp


Designed for most indoor installation.
Easy to use and install.

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W 304 Stainless Steel
S6W 316 Stainless Steel

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-SHC

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W 304 Stainless Steel
S6W 316 Stainless Steel

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-HEC

Order hardware separately.

Combination Hold Down /


Expansion Clamp

Stainless Steel Tray


Carriage Bolt
Square shoulder selfpositioning carriage bolt with
round smooth head.
304 Stainless Steel

DESCRIPTION
c" Carriage Bolt
c" Hex Nut
316 Stainless Hardware Kit
#10 x d" Self Drilling
Self Tapping Screw

MATERIAL
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
S6W-c-CB
S6W-c-HN
S6W-c-HWK*

316 Stainless

S6W-10-SCR

* Contains 8 nuts, 8 bolts, 8 lock washers

316 Stainless Steel

G162

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Cable Protection


Cable Protection
Drop-outs provide protection for cables during installation and after. The smooth radiused transition provides
excellent protection of insulation and increases the bending radius of larger cables, reducing possible cable
elongation.
MATERIAL PREFIX
S4W

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-DO

304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

Drop-Out
Designed to provide a smooth radiused
surface at any position on the tray or
trough bottom.
Drop-Outs are easily attached using
hardware provided.

* Tray Width

Standard Radius = 4''.

G
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-WPS

304 Stainless

S6W

Wall Penetration Sleeve


T&B Cable Tray

MATERIAL PREFIX
S4W

Designed to pass through walls and fire


walls.
Hardware included.

316 Stainless

Note: Not Fire Rated. Fire Stop not


included.

* Siderail Height
** Width

MATERIAL PREFIX
S4W

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-FBP

304 Stainless

S6W

Frame Type Tray to Box Plate


Designed to secure tray to electrical
enclosures and panels.
Hardware not included.

316 Stainless

* Siderail Height
** Width

MATERIAL PREFIX
S4W

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-(*)-(**)-SDS

304 Stainless

Step Down Splice Plate


Connects siderails of different heights.
Hardware included.

S6W
316 Stainless

* Siderail Height 1
** Siderail Height 2

MATERIAL
Natural Nylon

Nylon Expansion Pad

CATALOG NO.
ALW-NSP

Allows for thermal expansion and


construction of cable trays over
supports.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G163

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories, Barrier Strips


Barrier Strips
Barrier strips are used to separate cables within a tray. They are fastened into the tray with the Barrier Strip Clamp.

Barrier Strips
Barrier Strips provide a method of
separating cables in tray and trough
systems. Easily installed using supplied
hardware or Barrier Strip Clamps (sold
separately). 72" barriers are flexible for
use with horizontal fittings.

72"

144"

T&B Cable Tray

Inside
Bend

Outside
Bend

Inside/Outside Vertical
Bend Barriers
Preformed to fit all standard
steel vertical bends.
Provided with hardware

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless

S6W
316 Stainless

MATERIAL
PREFIX
S4W
304 Stainless

S6W
316 Stainless

HEIGHT
3d"
4"
5"
6"
7"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-4-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-5-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-6-SB-72 & 144
(Prefix)-7-SB-72 & 144

Note: 72" barrier provided with 3 S6W 10 SCR


149" barrier provided with 6 S6W 10 SCR

INSIDE BEND
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-4-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-5-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-6-VIB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-7-VIB-(*)-(+)

OUTSIDE BEND
CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-3d-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-4-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-5-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-6-VOB-(*)-(+)
(Prefix)-7-VOB-(*)-(+)

SIDERAIL
HEIGHT
3d
4
5
6
7

(*) Insert bend degree (+) Insert bend radius


Note: 3 d" is only available in 12" and 24" radius.

Barrier Strip Clamp


Barrier Strip Clamps mount Barrier Strips to
Ladder rungs and Ventilated Trough
bottoms.

MATERIAL PREFIX
S4W

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-BSC

304 Stainless Steel

S6W
316 Stainless Steel

Complete mounting hardware supplied.

Barrier Strip Splice


Alignment splice for joining connecting
Barrier Strips.

G164

MATERIAL PREFIX
Plastic

CATALOG NO.
ALW-BSS

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories


Cable Tray Guide

MATERIAL

Expansion guide for single or double runs


of cable tray.

316 Stainless Steel

CATALOG NO.
S6W-CTG

No need to field drill of channel or I-beam.

Cable Tray Clamp

MATERIAL

Clamps for single run of cable tray.

316 Stainless Steel

CATALOG NO.
S6W-CTC

No need to field drill of channel or I-beam.

G
T&B Cable Tray

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G165

One-Piece Cable Tray

One-Piece Cable Tray T&B Cable Tray System

T&B Cable Tray

Features

G166

Available in Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized and Aluminum.

Solid or ventilated bottom.

Uses standard accessories of same material type as straight sections.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

Light Duty One-Piece Cable Tray Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized Index
Ventilated Trough
Formed from a pre-punched sheet to produce a One-Piece
Ventilated Trough.

Solid Trough
Fabricated from one sheet to form a continuous One-Piece tray design.
All standard steel fittings are fully compatible with design.

Ventilated Trough

Fittings
Use fittings from appropriate pages listed below.

T&B Cable Tray


Solid Trough

Index

Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized


2'' One Piece Cable Tray .........................................................................................G170
3'' One Piece Cable Tray .........................................................................................G171
6'' One Piece Cable Tray .........................................................................................G172
Accessories - Covers ...............................................................................................G173, G174
Accessories - Splice Plates......................................................................................G175, G176
Accessories - Cable Protection................................................................................G177
Accessories - Installation Rollers .............................................................................G178

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G167

One-Piece Cable Tray

One-Piece Cable Tray Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized


Solid and Ventilated Straight Lengths
How to create part numbers
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria.
For example the first selection issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to. This selection
will lead to the best material for your application. For complete details on cable tray selection process,
see page G11.

Methods:

T&B Cable Tray

1.

Select the material best suited to your environment. Refer to technical section page G18.

2.

Determine the series tray using the NEMA Load/Span Designations page G12, and Sizing Cable Tray
page G31.

3.

Select nominal depth and width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page G31.

4.

Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.

5.

The last number is the length of the cable tray in inches.

Example:

Straight Section Number Selection

(ALL3)-12-V-120
Material
AL Aluminum
PG
Pre-Galvanized

Series
L For Lighter
Loads

HG Hot Dip
Galvanized

Siderail
Depth

Width

Bottom Type

06 (6")

V Ventilated Trough

12 (12")

S Solid Trough

18 (18")

Length
120 (10ft)

24 (24")

S4 304
Stainless
S6 316
Stainless

Prefix

G168

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

Light Duty One-Piece Cable Tray Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized
Fittings and Accessories

Accessories

Light Duty One-Piece Tray uses standard accessories of same material type as straight sections.

G
T&B Cable Tray

Fittings Number Selection

PGL-2-06-S-HT-60-24
Siderail
Depth

Material

Width

AL Aluminum

2 (2'')

06 (6")

PG
Pre-Galvanized

3 (3'')

12 (12")

6 (6'')

HG Hot Dip
Galvanized

18 (18")

Bottom
Type

Fitting Type
HB Horizontal Bend

Angle*
30 (30)

V Ventilated
Trough

HT Horizontal Tee
HX Horizontal Cross

45 (45)

S Solid
Trough

VI Vertical Inside
Bend

60 (60)

VO Vertical Outside
Bend

90 (90)

24 (24")

Radius**
12 (2'')
24 (24'')
36 (36'')

HYR Horizontal Wye


Right

S4 304
Stainless

HYL Horizontal Wye


Left

S6 316
Stainless

RT Horizontal Reduce
Tee

Prefix
* Angle required for HB, VI, & VO only
** Radius not required for HLR, HSR, & HRR

ET Horizontal Expand
Tee
EX Horizontal Expand
Tee & Reduce
Cross
HLR Horizontal Left
Reducer
HSR Horizontal
Straight Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right
Reducer

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G169

One-Piece Cable Tray

2'' One Piece Cable Tray Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized,
304 & 316 Stainless Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece Construction:
Design:

T&B Cable Tray

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 2''
Loading Height 1g''
Available in solid or vented bottom

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates supplied with hardware

Material:

Pre-Galvanized G90 A653/A656M


Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

69

39

25

Deflection (in.)

0.382

0.730

1.000

Deflection Factor

0.006

0.019

0.040

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

69

39

25

Deflection (in.)

0.382

0.730

1.000

Deflection Factor

0.006

0.019

0.040

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

69

39

25

Deflection (in.)

0.382

0.730

1.000

Deflection Factor

0.006

0.019

0.040

SERIES
Load (lbs./ft.)

ALL2
SERIES

PGL2
HGL2

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S4L2
S6L2

G170

Load (lbs./ft.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

3'' One Piece Cable Tray Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized,
304 & 316 Stainless Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece Construction:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 3d''
Loading Height 3a''
Available in solid or vented bottom

Accessories:
Material:

One pair of splice plates supplied with hardware

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC

Pre-Galvanized ASTM A653/A653M


Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123

SERIES

180

101

65

Deflection (in.)

0.382

0.430

0.540

Deflection Factor

0.002

0.004

0.008

180

101

65

Deflection (in.)

0.125

0.250

0.320

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.005

180

101

65

Deflection (in.)

0.125

0.250

0.320

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.005

SERIES

PGL3
HGL3

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S4L3
S6L3

Load (lbs./ft.)

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

G
T&B Cable Tray

Load (lbs./ft.)

ALL3

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

www.tnb.com

G171

One-Piece Cable Tray

6'' One Piece Cable Tray Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot Dip Galvanized,
304 & 316 Stainless Solid and Vented Straight Lengths
One Piece Construction:
Design:

Formed Channel
Nominal Height 6''
Loading Height 5e''
Available in solid or vented bottom

Accessories:

One pair of splice plates supplied with hardware

Material:

Pre-Galvanized G90 A653/A653M


Hot Dip Galvanized ASTM A123

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC

G
T&B Cable Tray

SERIES

180

101

65

Deflection (in.)

0.082

0.128

0.160

Deflection Factor

0.000

0.001

0.002

180

101

65

Deflection (in.)

0.125

0.250

0.320

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.005

180

101

65

Deflection (in.)

0.125

0.250

0.320

Deflection Factor

0.001

0.002

0.005

Load (lbs./ft.)

ALL6
SERIES

PGL6
HGL6

Load (lbs./ft.)

SERIES

S4L6
S6L6

G172

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

Load (lbs./ft.)

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


10

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

One Piece Cable Tray Accessories, Covers

Fitting Cover Catalog Number Selection

(ALL)-12-SNC-HB 90-24
Material
ALL

Width

Cover Type

06 (6")

Aluminum

12 (12")

PGL
Pre-Galvanized

HGL
Hot Dipped Galvanized

S4L

18 (18")
24 (24")

304 Stainless

S6L
316 Stainless

Fitting Type

Degree*

Radius

SNC Solid Nonflanged Cover

HB Horizontal Bend

30 (30)

12 (12")

HT Horizontal Tee

45 (45)

24 (24")

SFC Solid Flanged


Cover

HX Horizontal Cross

60 (60)

36 (36")

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover

VTU Vertical Tee Down

VI Vertical Inside Bend

90 (90)

HYR Horizontal Wye


Right
HYL Horizontal Wye Left
*Required for HB & VI only

(ALL-18-12)-SNC-RT-12
Material
ALL
Aluminum

PGL
Pre-Galvanized

HGL
Hot Dipped Galvanized

S4L

Width

Width 2

06 (6")

06 (6")

12 (12")

12 (12")

18 (18")

18 (18")

24 (24")

24 (24")

304 Stainless

S6L
316 Stainless

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Radius*

SNC Solid Nonflanged Cover

RT Horizontal Reduce Tee

12 (12")

ET Horizontal Expand Tee

24 (24")

SFC Solid Flanged


Cover

EX Horizontal Expand
Tee & Reduce Cross

36 (36")

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover

HSR Horizontal Straight


Reducer

Prefix

HLR Horizontal Left


Reducer
HRR Horizontal Right
Reducer

*Radius not
required for
HSR, HLR, HRR

(ALL-4-12)-SNC-VO-90-24
Material
ALL
Aluminum

PGL
Pre-Galvanized

HGL
Hot Dipped Galvanized

Siderail
Height

Width
06 (6")

2 (2")

12 (12")

3 (3")

18 (18")

6 (6")

S4L
304 Stainless

S6L
316 Stainless

Prefix

24 (24")

Cover Type

Fitting Type

Degree*

Radius

SNC Solid Nonflanged


Cover

VO Vertical
Outside
Bend

30 (30)

12 (12")

45 (45)

24 (24")

SFC Solid
Flanged
Cover

VTD Vertical
Tee Down

60 (60)

36 (36")

90 (90)

VFC Ventilated
Flanged
Cover
*Required for VO only

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G173

T&B Cable Tray

Prefix

One-Piece Cable Tray

One Piece Cable Tray Accessories, Covers


Combination Hold Down
Cover Clamp
Designed to secure flat
and flanged covers with hold
down feature.

SIDERAIL
MATERIAL
HEIGHT
Aluminum
2"
Pregalvanized
3"
304 Stainless
6"
316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-CCC
(Prefix)-3-CCC
(Prefix)-6-CCC

MATERIAL
Aluminum
Pregalvanized
304 Stainless
316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
ALL-*-SCS
PGL-*-SCS
S4L-*-SCS
S6L-*-SCS

Hardware not included.

Cover Joint Strip


Strip used for joining covers.

T&B Cable Tray

* Width of Tray

G174

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

One Piece Cable Tray Accessories, Splice Plates


MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

Splice Plate

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-SSP
(Prefix)-3-SSP
(Prefix)-6-SSP

Designed for easy alignment and


installation.
Packaged in pairs with zinc plated
hardware.
Provided as standard with each item.

MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-ESP
(Prefix)-3-ESP
(Prefix)-6-ESP

MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-HSP
(Prefix)-3-HSP
(Prefix)-6-HSP

MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-VSP
(Prefix)-3-VSP
(Prefix)-6-VSP

MATERIAL
Copper
Copper
Copper

CATALOG NO.
CAW 600 BJ
CAW1200 BJ
CAW 2000 BJ

Packaged in pairs with hardware.

G
T&B Cable Tray

RATING
600A
1200A
2000A

Expansion Splice Plate


Allows for a 1" expansion or contraction of
tray system. See page G30 for more
information.

Horizontal Adjustable Plate


Adjustable Hinge Plates provide maximum
horizontal installation flexibility.
Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Vertical Adjustable Plate


Hinged Vertical Plates provide maximum
flexibility for changes in elevation.
Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Bonding Jumper
Use Bonding Jumpers at expansion splice
plates if cable tray is used as a grounding
conductor.
See NEC 318-7.
2000 Amp shown

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G175

One-Piece Cable Tray

One Piece Cable Tray Accessories, Splice Plates


Box To Tray Plates
Designed to secure tray to electrical panels
or boxes, walls or end supports.
Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Closure End Plate


Provides closure for any tray end.
Packaged with hardware.

MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-BSP
(Prefix)-3-BSP
(Prefix)-6-BSP

MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-*-CEP
(Prefix)-3-*-CEP
(Prefix)-6-*-CEP

G
T&B Cable Tray

* Tray Width

Reducing Splice Plate


Used in pairs to provide a straight reduction
or used with a Standard Splice Plate for an
offset reduction.
Packaged with hardware.

MATERIAL
HEIGHT
ALL Aluminum
2"
PGL Pregalvanized
3"
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized 6"
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)-2-*-RSP
(Prefix)-3-*-RSP
(Prefix)-6-*-RSP

Note: For offset reduction: insert width to be reduced


For straight reduction: insert 12 width to be
reduced (2 required)

Aluminum and Steel


Tray Carriage Bolt
Square shoulder selfpositioning carriage bolt
with round smooth head.
Packaged 100/box.

DESCRIPTION
b" Carriage Bolt
c" Carriage Bolt
b" Hex Nut
c" Hex Nut
c" Carriage Bolt
c" Hex Nut
316 Stainless Hardware Kit
#10 x d" Self Drilling
Self Tapping Screw

MATERIAL
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
Zinc Plated Steel
316 Stainless
316 Stainless
316 Stainless

CATALOG NO.
PGW-b-CB
PGW-c-CB
PGW-b-HN
PGW-c-HN
S6W-c-CB
S6W-c-HN
S6W-c-HWK*

Zinc Plated

PGW-10-SCR

* Contains 8 nuts, 8 bolts, 8 lock washers

G176

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

One Piece Cable Tray Accessories, Cable Protection


Cable Protection
Drop-outs provide protection for cables during installation and after. The smooth radiused transition provides
excellent protection of insulation and increases the bending radius of larger cables,
reducing possible cable elongation.

Drop-Out

MATERIAL
CATALOG NO.
ALL Aluminum
(Prefix)-*-DO
PGL Pregalvanized
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

Designed to provide a smooth radiused


surface at any position on the tray or trough
bottom.
Drop-Outs are easily attached using
hardware provided.

* Tray Width

Standard radius 4".

G
T&B Cable Tray

Step Down Splice Plate

MATERIAL
CATALOG NO.
ALL Aluminum
(Prefix)-*-SDS
PGL Pregalvanized
HGL Hot Dipped Galvanized
S4L 304 Stainless
S6L 316 Stainless

Connects siderails of different heights.


Hardware included.

* Siderail Height 1
** Siderail Height 2

MATERIAL
Natural Nylon

Nylon Expansion Pad

CATALOG NO.
ALW-NSP

Allows for thermal expansion and


contraction of cable trays over supports.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G177

One-Piece Cable Tray

Cable Installation Accessories, Installation Rollers

Corner
Straight
Straight

FITS
CATALOG NO.
all profiles
VHR 04
all profiles 12" to 24" (30 cm to 60 cm) HAR 1224
all profiles 18" to 36" (45cm to 90 cm) HAR 1836

Why should rollers be


used?
Straight Rollers

1. To reduce pulling stress on


cables, avoiding undue
fatigue or abrasions
2. Minimizes harmful shear
load being placed on cable
trays

T&B Cable Tray

3. To reduce installation time

Why purchase the T&B Cable


Roller System?
Universal fits virtually all tray systems
Mounts from bottom of cable tray, eliminating
the need for double handling cables and
reducing possibility of cable damage

Corner Rollers

Sideways telescopic adjustment allows rollers


to accommodate virtually all tray widths
Nylon bearings require no lubrication
Independent rollers limit cable abrasion

G178

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

One-Piece Cable Tray

G
T&B Cable Tray

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G179

Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough

3d" Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough T&B Cable Tray System

T&B Cable Tray

Features

G180

One-piece construction.

Pre-Galvanized finish.

Complete with flanged cover.

Complete with wrap around cover clamps.

Uses standard fittings and accessories.

Solid covers available for all fittings.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough

3d" Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough Pre-Galvanized Index


Solid Trough
Fabricated from one sheet to form a continuous One-Piece tray design.
All standard steel fittings are fully compatible with design.

Solid Trough

Fittings
Use fittings from appropriate pages listed below.

G
T&B Cable Tray

Index
3d Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough .............................................G182
Pre-Galvanized Numbering System ..................................................G182
Pre-Galvanized Fittings & Accessories .............................................G183
Pre-Galvanized Solid Straight Lengths .............................................G184, G185

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G181

Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough

3d" Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough Pre-Galvanized Numbering System


How to create part numbers
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria.
For example, the first selection issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to. This selection
will lead to the best material for your application. For complete details on cable tray selection process,
see page G11.

Methods:

T&B Cable Tray

1.

Select the material best suited to your environment or application. Refer to technical section page G18.

2.

Determine the series or type of tray using the NEMA Load/Span Designations page G12, and Sizing Cable
Tray page G31, or special needs.

3.

Select nominal depth and width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page G31.

4.

Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.

5.

The last number is the length of the cable tray in inches.

Example:

Straight Section Number Selection

(PGS-3d)-12-S-144
Material
PG
Pre-Galvanized

Series
S Types

Nominal
Depth
3d (3d")

Width
06 (6")

Bottom Type
S Solid Trough

Length
120 (10ft)

12 (12")
18 (18")
24 (24")

Prefix

G182

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough

3d" Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough Pre-Galvanized Fittings and Accessories

Fittings

Expanding Tee

Left Hand Wye

Horizontal Expanding
/ Reducing Cross

G
T&B Cable Tray

Reducing Tee

Outside Bend

Offset ReducerStraight

60 Horizontal Bend

Cross

Tee

Accessories

Electro-Magnetic Trough uses standard 3 d" solid fittings. Order cover and connector shield separately.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G183

Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough

3d" Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough Pre-Galvanized Solid Straight Lengths


Application:

Type S Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough shields low level control circuits against interference of
electrical and magnetic fields generated by power systems. Electrical fields of 60Hz to 100Hz should
be attenuated with 85dB minimum, and electromagnetic attenuation should increase 10dB to 85dB
between 60Hz and 100Hz.

Construction: Fabricated from Pre-Galvanized sheet steel into a continuous one-piece trough. Trough is complete
with cover, wrap-around connector, connector shields and necessary hardware.

Accessories:

Cover, wrap-around connector, connector shield and hardware.

Material:

Pre-Galvanized Steel. G90ASTM A653/A653M

Comply with:

NEMA, NEC, UL, CSA*

T&B Cable Tray

SERIES
Load (lbs./ft.)

PGS-3d Deflection (in.)


Deflection Factor

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


6
8
10

12

1525

406

181

102

65

45

0.017

0.067

0.151

0.269

0.420

0.604

0.00001

0.0002

0.001

0.003

0.006

0.013

Part Numbering System

(PGS-3d)-12-S-120
Material

Continuous spans may reduce deflection by as much as 50%.


*CSA load rating for information only.

G184

Depth
Series

Length
Bottom Style
Width

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough

3d" Electro-Magnetic Shielded Trough Pre-Galvanized Solid Straight Lengths

Solid Trough

G
T&B Cable Tray

SERIES

DIMENSIONS
0.500

PGS-3d

3.00

SIDERAIL DESIGN
NEMA
CSA LOAD
FACTORS 1 PAIR CLASSIFICATIONS RATING*
Ix = 5.028
Sx = 2.250

8A, 8B, 8C

C1

3.50

Deflection factor: for


lighter loads deflection at
any length can be calculated by multiplying the
load by the deflection
factor.

Selection Guide
Inside Tray Widths:
6"=06, 12"=12, 18"=18, 24"=24

Tray Lengths:
120"=120(10 ft.)

Bottom Styles:
S Solid

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G185

Cable Channel

Cable Channel T&B Cable Tray System

T&B Cable Tray

Features

G186

Available in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized, Hot-Dipped Galvanized, and Stainless Steel.

Solid and Ventilated.

Exclusive Ty-Rap cable tie slots

Complete line of fittings and accessories.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Straight Sections Solid and Ventilated


Cable Channel
Thomas & Betts offers cable channel in solid or ventilated straight
sections. Ventilated channel has burr free oblong punched holes for
easy access. Ty-Rap slots are provided between each opening for
securing of cable.
Horizontal and vertical fittings are available to complete your system
layout. Channel accessories and supports provide solutions for your
installation requirements.
Ventilated Channel

G
T&B Cable Tray
Solid Channel

Index
Straight Sections.......................................................................G188
Horizontal Bends 90, 60 ........................................................G192
Horizontal Bends 45, 30 ........................................................G193
Horizontal Tee, Cross ...............................................................G194
Vertical Bend 90 ......................................................................G195
Vertical Bend 60 ......................................................................G196
Vertical Bend 45 ......................................................................G197
Vertical Bend 30 ......................................................................G198
Covers.......................................................................................G199
Accessories...............................................................................G200-G202
Tray-Pro Features ...................................................................G203

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G187

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Straight Sections Solid and Ventilated


How to create part numbers
Thomas & Betts has created a numbering system based on the order of selection criteria.
For example the first selection issue is the environment which the cable tray will be subjected to.
This selection will lead to the best material for your application. For complete details on cable tray
selection process, see page G11 in the technical section.

Methods:

T&B Cable Tray

1.

Select the material best suited to your environment. Refer to technical section page G18.

2.

Select nominal width of tray based on Cable Loading. See Sizing Cable Tray page G31.

3.

Select the bottom type based on cables and spacing requirements.

4.

The last number is the length of the cable tray in inches.

Example:

Straight Section Number Selection

(ALT)-C-04-S-144
Material
AL Aluminum

Series
T Cable Channel

PG
Pre-Galvanized

Type

Width

C Straight

03 (3")

S Solid Trough

144 144"

04 (4")

V Ventilated
Trough

288 288"

06 (6")

Bottom Style

Length*

HG Hot Dip
Galvanized
S4 304 Stainless
S6 316 Stainless

Prefix
*288'' available in Aluminum only.

G188

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Fittings Solid

Cross

G
T&B Cable Tray

Fittings Number Selection

(ALT)-F-06-S-HB-45-12
Fitting
Material
AL Aluminum
PG
Pre-Galvanized

Series

Type

Width

T
Cable
Channel

F Fitting

03 (3")
04 (4")

Bottom
Style

Fitting
Type

S Sold
Trough

HB
Horizontal Bend

06 (6")

HG Hot Dip
Galvanized

HT
Horizontal Tee
HX
Horizontal Cross

S4 304 Stainless

Degree*

Radius

30 30

12 12"

45 45

24 24"

60 60

36 36"

90 90

48 48"

VO Vertical
Outside Bend

S6 316 Stainless

VI Vertical
Inside Bend

Prefix
*Required for HB, VI, & VO only

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G189

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Straight Sections Solid and Ventilated


Solid: Steel 16 Gauge Roll Formed Steel
Aluminum - .083" Extruded

Ventilated: Pre-punched burr free oblong holes with Ty-Rap slots between each opening.
Accessories: One-connector assembly complete with hardware.
Material: Aluminum 6063-T6
Pre-Galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel

STEEL

T&B Cable Tray

ALUMINUM CHANNEL
SOLID
WIDTH (W)

ALT-C

STEEL
SOLID

Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


4
6
8
90.6
40.3
22.7
0.330
0.743
1.322
145.0
64.4
36.3
0.260
0.585
1.041
151.9
67.5
38.0
0.244
0.550
0.977

10
14.5
2.065
23.2
1.626
24.3
1.527

12
10.1
2.973
16.1
2.342
16.9
2.199

Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)

2
300.0
0.100
525.0
0.074
580.0
0.065

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


4
6
8
75.0
33.3
18.8
0.400
0.900
1.600
131.3
58.3
32.8
0.295
0.664
1.181
145.0
64.4
36.3
0.261
0.587
1.044

10
12.0
2.500
21.0
1.846
23.2
1.631

12
8.3
3.600
14.6
2.658
16.1
2.349

Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
Deflection (in.)

2
252.0
0.034
408.0
0.026
432.0
0.024

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


4
6
8
63.0
28.0
15.8
0.134
0.302
0.538
102.0
45.3
25.5
0.105
0.237
0.421
108.0
48.0
27.0
0.096
0.217
0.386

10
10.1
0.840
16.3
0.658
17.3
0.603

12
7.0
1.210
11.3
0.948
12.0
0.868

DEPTH (H)
Load (lbs./ft.)
138''
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
158''
Deflection (in.)
Load (lbs./ft.)
3
1 4''
Deflection (in.)

2
207.0
0.041
363.0
0.030
405.0
0.027

SUPPORT SPAN (FEET)


4
6
8
51.8
23.0
12.9
0.163
0.366
0.652
90.8
40.3
22.7
0.119
0.269
0.477
101.3
45.0
25.3
0.106
0.239
0.425

10
8.3
1.018
14.5
0.746
16.2
0.664

12
5.8
1.466
10.1
1.074
11.3
0.956

3"

1 8''

4"

158''

6"

134''

PGT-C
HGT-C
S4T-C
S6T-C

3"

138''

4"

158''

6"

134''

CHANNEL
WIDTH (W)

PGT-C
HGT-C
S4T-C
S6T-C

G190

DEPTH (H)

3"

138''

4"

158''

6"

134''

STEEL
CHANNEL
VENTILATED WIDTH (W)
3"
4"
6"

ALUMINUM

2
362.5
0.083
580.0
0.065
607.5
0.061

DEPTH (H)

ALUMINUM CHANNEL
VENTILATED WIDTH (W) DEPTH (H)

ALT-C

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Straight Sections Solid and Ventilated

Ventilated Channel

144"

0.188 x 0.512 Slots

Connector Holes

0.500"
TYP

2.175"

3"

4"

1.772"

4"

Bottom View of Ventilated Channel Tray

Part Numbering System

(ALT)-C-04-S-144
Length
Bottom Style
Width
Type
Series

Material

Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4", 06=6"

Bottom Styles:
S Solid

V Ventilated

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G191

T&B Cable Tray

Solid Channel

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Horizontal Bends 90 / 60 Solid


Selection Guide
Material:

ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized


HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

3"
X

Bottom Styles:

S Solid

Part Numbering System

(ALT)-F-06-S-HB90-24

90 Horizontal Bend

Fitting
Material

Series
Width
Bottom Style

G
T&B Cable Tray

Radius
Angle
Fitting Type

Z
3"
Y

60 Horizontal Bend

RADIUS
R

90 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

RADIUS
R

60 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB90-12
(*)-F 04-S-HB90-12
(*)-F 06-S-HB90-12

16d
17
18

16d
17
18

16d
17
18

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB60-12
(*)-F 04-S-HB60-12
(*)-F 06-S-HB60-12

16i
16e
17d

9c
9e
10a

10m
11h
11L

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB90-24
(*)-F 04-S-HB90-24
(*)-F 06-S-HB90-24

28d
29
30

28d
29
30

28d
29
30

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB60-24
(*)-F 04-S-HB60-24
(*)-F 06-S-HB60-24

26l
27
27g

15c
15e
16a

17f
18
18l

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB90-36
(*)-F 04-S-HB90-36
(*)-F 06-S-HB90-36

40d
41
42

40d
41
42

40d
41
42

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB60-36
(*)-F 04-S-HB60-36
(*)-F 06-S-HB60-36

37
37k
38b

21c
21e
22a

24e
24n
25d

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB90-48
(*)-F 04-S-HB90-48
(*)-F 06-S-HB90-48

52d
53
54

52d
53
54

52d
53
54

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB60-48
(*)-F 04-S-HB60-48
(*)-F 06-S-HB60-48

47c
47m
48L

27c
27e
28a

31l
31g
32k

G192

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Horizontal Bends 45 / 30 Solid


Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

Bottom Styles:

S Solid

3"
Y

Part Numbering System

(ALT)-F-03-S-HB45-36
Fitting
Material

45 Horizontal Bend

Radius
Angle
Fitting Type

Series
Width
Bottom Style

Z
R
3"

G
Z

30 Horizontal Bend

RADIUS
R

45 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

RADIUS
R

30 HORIZONTAL BEND
WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB45-12
(*)-F 04-S-HB45-12
(*)-F 06-S-HB45-12

14L
15
15f

6h
6b
6d

8l
8m
9i

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB30-12
(*)-F 04-S-HB30-12
(*)-F 06-S-HB30-12

12c
12e
13a

3j
3c
3d

6e
6f
7

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB45-24
(*)-F 04-S-HB45-24
(*)-F 06-S-HB45-24

23a
23d
24i

9l
9f
10

13l
13f
14i

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB30-24
(*)-F 04-S-HB30-24
(*)-F 06-S-HB30-24

18c
18e
19a

4n
5
5a

9m
9n
10b

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB45-36
(*)-F 04-S-HB45-36
(*)-F 06-S-HB45-36

31e
32
32L

13a
13b
13l

18l
18f
19a

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB30-36
(*)-F 04-S-HB30-36
(*)-F 06-S-HB30-36

24c
24e
25a

6d
6l
6f

13h
13i
13k

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB45-48
(*)-F 04-S-HB45-48
(*)-F 06-S-HB45-48

40a
40d
41i

16e
16f
17h

23d
23L
24a

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HB30-48
(*)-F 04-S-HB30-48
(*)-F 06-S-HB30-48

30c
30e
31a

8a
8i
8j

16b
16c
16L

(*) Material Prefix from Selection Guide above.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G193

T&B Cable Tray

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Horizontal Cross and Tee Solid


Selection Guide
Y

Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

W
3"

Bottom Styles:

S Solid

Part Numbering System

Cross

(S4T)-F-04-S-HT-24
Fitting
Radius
Material
Series
Fitting Type
Width
Bottom Style

T&B Cable Tray

3"

Tee

RADIUS
R

G194

CROSS HORIZONTAL BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y

RADIUS
R

TEE HORIZONTAL BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HX-12
(*)-F 04-S-HX-12
(*)-F 06-S-HX-12

16d
17
18

33
34
36

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HT-12
(*)-F 04-S-HT-12
(*)-F 06-S-HT-12

16d
17
18

33
34
36

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HX-24
(*)-F 04-S-HX-24
(*)-F 06-S-HX-24

28d
29
30

57
58
60

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HT-24
(*)-F 04-S-HT-24
(*)-F 06-S-HT-24

28d
29
30

57
58
60

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HX-36
(*)-F 04-S-HX-36
(*)-F 06-S-HX-36

40d
41
42

81
82
84

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HT-36
(*)-F 04-S-HT-36
(*)-F 06-S-HT-36

40d
41
42

81
82
84

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HX-48
(*)-F 04-S-HX-48
(*)-F 06-S-HX-48

52d
53
54

105
106
108

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-HT-48
(*)-F 04-S-HT-48
(*)-F 06-S-HT-48

52d
53
54

105
106
108

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Vertical Bends 90 Outside and Inside


Selection Guide

Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

3"
X

Bottom Styles:
S Solid

Part Numbering System

(PGT)-F-06-S-VO90-24
Fitting
Material

Vertical Outside

Radius
Angle
Fitting Type

Series
Width
Bottom Style

Vertical Inside

RADIUS
R

90 VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

RADIUS
R

90 VERTICAL INSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO90-12
(*)-F 04-S-VO90-12
(*)-F 06-S-VO90-12

15
15
15

15
15
15

11d
15
15

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI90-12
(*)-F 04-S-VI90-12
(*)-F 06-S-VI90-12

16d
16g
16g

16d
16g
16g

11d
15
15

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO90-24
(*)-F 04-S-VO90-24
(*)-F 06-S-VO90-24

27
27
27

27
27
27

20
27
27

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI90-24
(*)-F 04-S-VI90-24
(*)-F 06-S-VI90-24

28d
28g
28g

28d
28g
28g

20
27
27

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO90-36
(*)-F 04-S-VO90-36
(*)-F 06-S-VO90-36

39
39
39

39
39
39

28k
39
39

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI90-36
(*)-F 04-S-VI90-36
(*)-F 06-S-VI90-36

40d
40g
40g

40d
40g
40g

28k
39
39

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO90-48
(*)-F 04-S-VO90-48
(*)-F 06-S-VO90-48

51
51
51

51
51
51

36n
51
51

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI90-48
(*)-F 04-S-VI90-48
(*)-F 06-S-VI90-48

52d
52g
52g

52d
52g
52g

36n
51
51

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G195

T&B Cable Tray

3"

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Vertical Bends 60 Outside and Inside


Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

Bottom Styles:

S Solid

Z
3"
Y

Part Numbering System


Vertical Outside

(HGT)-F-03-S-VO60-36
Fitting
Radius
Material
Angle
Series
Fitting Type
Width
Bottom Style

3"
Z

T&B Cable Tray

X
Z

Vertical Inside

RADIUS
R

60 VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

RADIUS
R

60 VERTICAL INSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO60-12
(*)-F 04-S-VO60-12
(*)-F 06-S-VO60-12

14g
15
15

8e
15
15

9
15
15

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI60-12
(*)-F 04-S-VI60-12
(*)-F 06-S-VI60-12

16i
16d
16d

10a
10d
10d

9
15
15

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO60-24
(*)-F 04-S-VO60-24
(*)-F 06-S-VO60-24

25j
27
27

14e
27
27

15
27
27

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI60-24
(*)-F 04-S-VI60-24
(*)-F 06-S-VI60-24

26l
26n
26n

16a
16d
16d

15
27
27

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO60-36
(*)-F 04-S-VO60-36
(*)-F 06-S-VO60-36

35L
39
39

20e
39
39

21
39
39

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI60-36
(*)-F 04-S-VI60-36
(*)-F 06-S-VI60-36

37
37j
37j

22a
22d
22d

21
39
39

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO60-48
(*)-F 04-S-VO60-48
(*)-F 06-S-VO60-48

46h
51
51

26e
51
51

27
51
51

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI60-48
(*)-F 04-S-VI60-48
(*)-F 06-S-VI60-48

47c
47L
47L

28a
28d
28d

27
51
51

G196

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Vertical Bends 45 Outside and Inside


Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

Bottom Styles:
X

S Solid

R
3"
Y

Part Numbering System

(S6T)-F-04-S-VI45-48
Fitting
Material

Vertical Outside

Radius
Angle
Fitting Type

Series
Width
Bottom Style

Y
3"
R

Vertical Inside

RADIUS
R

45 VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

RADIUS
R

45 VERTICAL INSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO45-12
(*)-F 04-S-VO45-12
(*)-F 06-S-VO45-12

13e
15
15

5e
15
15

7l
15
15

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI45-12
(*)-F 04-S-VI45-12
(*)-F 06-S-VI45-12

14L
14n
14n

7a
7d
7d

7l
15
15

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO45-24
(*)-F 04-S-VO45-24
(*)-F 06-S-VO45-24

22h
27
27

9a
27
27

12i
27
27

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI45-24
(*)-F 04-S-VI45-24
(*)-F 06-S-VI45-24

23a
23k
23k

10e
11
11

12i
27
27

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO45-36
(*)-F 04-S-VO45-36
(*)-F 06-S-VO45-36

30l
39
39

12L
39
39

16f
39
39

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI45-36
(*)-F 04-S-VI45-36
(*)-F 06-S-VI45-36

31e
31g
31g

14i
14l
14l

16f
39
39

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO45-48
(*)-F 04-S-VO45-48
(*)-F 06-S-VO45-48

39h
51
51

16i
51
51

21c
51
51

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI45-48
(*)-F 04-S-VI45-48
(*)-F 06-S-VI45-48

40a
40c
40c

17L
18h
18h

21c
51
51

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G197

T&B Cable Tray

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Vertical Bends 30 Outside and Inside


Selection Guide
Material:

Z
R
3"

ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized


HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

Z
Y

Bottom Styles:
S Solid

Part Numbering System


Y

Vertical Outside

3"
R

(ALT)-F-06-S-VI30-24
X

Fitting
Material

Series
Width
Bottom Style

G
T&B Cable Tray

Radius
Angle
Fitting Type

Vertical Inside

RADIUS
R

30 VERTICAL OUTSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

RADIUS
R

30 VERTICAL INSIDE BEND


WIDTH
DIMENSIONS
CATALOG NO.
X
Y
Z

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO30-12
(*)-F 04-S-VO30-12
(*)-F 06-S-VO30-12

11e
15
15

3a
15
15

6a
15
15

12

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI30-12
(*)-F 04-S-VI30-12
(*)-F 06-S-VI30-12

12c
12l
12l

4e
5
5

6a
15
15

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO30-24
(*)-F 04-S-VO30-24
(*)-F 06-S-VO30-24

17e
27
27

4L
27
27

9i
27
27

24

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI30-24
(*)-F 04-S-VI30-24
(*)-F 06-S-VI30-24

18c
18l
18l

6i
6l
6l

9i
27
27

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO30-36
(*)-F 04-S-VO30-36
(*)-F 06-S-VO30-36

23e
39
39

6j
39
39

12j
39
39

36

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI30-36
(*)-F 04-S-VI30-36
(*)-F 06-S-VI30-36

24c
24l
24l

7m
8i
8i

12j
39
39

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VO30-48
(*)-F 04-S-VO30-48
(*)-F 06-S-VO30-48

29e
51
51

7n
51
51

15k
51
51

48

3
4
6

(*)-F 03-S-VI30-48
(*)-F 04-S-VI30-48
(*)-F 06-S-VI30-48

30c
30l
30l

9k
9m
9m

15k
51
51

G198

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Flange Covers


WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-F-03-SFC-72 & 144

4"

(*)-F-04-SFC-72 & 144

6"

(*)-F-06-SFC-72 & 144

Straight Covers

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.


Hot dipped covers available in 72" only

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-F-03-HTC()

4"

(*)-F-04-HTC()

6"

(*)-F-06-HTC()

Tee Covers

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.


Add radius. 12=12", 24=24", 36=36", 48=48"

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-F-03-HXC()

4"

(*)-F-04-HXC()

6"

(*)-F-06-HXC()

T&B Cable Tray

WIDTH

Cross Covers

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.


Add radius. 12=12", 24=24", 36=36", 48=48"

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-F-03-HBC(+)()

4"

(*)-F-04-HBC(+)()

6"

(*)-F-06-HBC(+)()

Horizontal Bend Covers

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.


+ Add degree. 30=30, 45=45, 60=60, 90=90
Add radius. 12=12", 24=24", 36=36", 48=48"

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-F-03-VIC(+)();(*)-F-03-VOC(+)()

4"

(*)-F-04-VIC(+)();(*)-F-04-VOC(+)()

6"

(*)-F-06-VIC(+)();(*)-F-06-VOC(+)()

Vertical Bend Covers

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.


+ Add degree. 30=30, 45=45, 60=60, 90=90
Add radius. 12=12", 24=24", 36=36", 48=48"

Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G199

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Accessories


Standard Splice Plate

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CCS

4"

(*)-W-04-CCS

6"

(*)-W-06-CCS

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.


Supplies standard with each item.

Channel Mounting Bracket

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CCB

4"

(*)-W-04-CCB

6"

(*)-W-06-CCB

T&B Cable Tray

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CCV

4"

(*)-W-04-CCV

6"

(*)-W-06-CCV

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Channel Hanger

CATALOG NO.
PGT-W-06-CCH
HGT-W-06-CCH
*Designed for use with 12" threaded rod.

Double Channel Hanger

CATALOG NO.
PGT-W-06-DCH
HGT-W-06-DCH
*Designed for use with 12" threaded rod.

Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel
Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

G200

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Accessories


WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CEP

4"

(*)-W-04-CEP

6"

(*)-W-06-CEP

Blind End Plate

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CHA

4"

(*)-W-04-CHA

6"

(*)-W-06-CHA

Horizontal Adjustable Plate

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CCT

4"

(*)-W-04-CCT

6"

(*)-W-06-CCT

T&B Cable Tray

WIDTH

Channel to Tray Plate

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CEG

4"

(*)-W-04-CEG

6"

(*)-W-06-CEG

Channel Expansion Guide

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-SHC

4"

(*)-W-04-SHC

6"

(*)-W-06-SHC

Channel Hold Down Clamp

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel

Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G201

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Accessories


Tray to Channel Clamp

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CTC

4"

(*)-W-04-CTC

6"

(*)-W-06-CTC

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Tray to Channel Mounting Bracket

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-TCB

4"

(*)-W-04-TCB

6"

(*)-W-06-TCB

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

T&B Cable Tray

G
Floor Base Plate

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CBP

4"

(*)-W-04-CBP

6"

(*)-W-06-CBP

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Channel Reducer

REDUCE WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

4'' to 3"

(*)-W-04-03-RSP

6'' to 3"

(*)-W-06-03-RSP

6'' to 4"

(*)-W-06-04-RSP

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Combination Hold Down Cover


Clamp

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-CCC

4"

(*)-W-04-CCC

6"

(*)-W-06-CCC

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Wrap Around Cover Clamp

Selection Guide
Material:
ALT Aluminum / PGT Pre-Galvanized
HGT Hot Dip Galvanized /
S4T304 Stainless/S6T316 Stainless Steel

WIDTH

CATALOG NO.

3"

(*)-W-03-HCC

4"

(*)-W-04-HCC

6"

(*)-W-06-HCC

* Add material prefix. See Selection Guide below.

Inside Channel Width: 03=3",04=4",06=6"

G202

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Cable Channel

Cable Channel Tray-Pro Features


Thomas & Betts Tray-Pro is an innovative, easy to
use design package for AutoCad 12, AutoCad 13 and
AutoCad Release 2000 (Windows or DOS).
Now available to download from the internet:
www.members.home.net/ctc.

G
T&B Cable Tray

Features

Single line, 2D and 3D drawing capability.

Automatic bill of material generator with multiple database file merging capability.

Automatic specification generator.

Visual interference checking through 3D.

Open architecture layer control.

Full editing capability.

Automatic cable tray annotation.

Automatic tray support drawing capability.

Design load calculator.

On-line NEC, NEMA and CSA standards help/assistance.

Full detail and accessory library.

Complete and easy to use dialog box interface.

Metric capability.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G203

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems T&B Cable Tray System

T&B Cable Tray

Features

G204

Complete line of accessories for all your installation needs.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Index


Thomas & Betts offers a complete line of quality
electrical products to support your installation
requirements. For complete information see the T&B
Full Line Technical/Specification Catalog. The catalog
includes complete information on:

Cable Ties
pages G206-G207

T&B DATA & COMMUNICATION PRODUCTS


Coaxial and Modular Connectors, Splitters, Test Devices.
VERSA-TRAK
Undercarpet Wire System, Modular Connector System for
Power and Communications.
T&B ELECTRICIANS SUPPLIES
Wire Connectors, Fishtape, Wire Pulling Lubricant, Tools
and Supplies for Electrical Constructions and Maintenance.

Brackets and Supports


pages G208-G209

STA-KON
Wire Termination Products and Tools.

G
T&B Cable Tray

SHIELD-KON
Coaxial and TwinAx Connectors and Tools.
TY-RAP
Cable Fastening Systems.
TY-DUCT
Wire Systems and Accessories.
E-Z-CODE
Identification Products.

Clamps and Brackets


pages G210-G211

POS-E-KON
Industrial Connectors.
COLOR-KEYED
Compression Connectors.
BLACKBURN
Overhead and Underground Connectors. Grounding Tools
and Service Entrance Products.
SHRINK-KON
Heavy Wall Tubing, Thin Wall Products, Insulation Products.
KINDORF
Modular Metal Framing and Support Systems.

Inserts, Threaded
Rod, Joints
page G212-G214

STEEL CITY
Conduit Hangers and Clamps.
SUPERSTRUT
Metal Framing, Channel, Fittings, Pipe Straps and Beam
Clamps.
T&B CONDUIT FITTINGS
Conduit Fittings and Connectors for EMT, Rigid, Armored
Flex, Jacketed Metal Clad Cable, Liquidtight, Portable Cord
and Romex.
STEEL CITY
Conduit and Cable Fittings, Outdoor Electrical Products,
Steel Switch Boxes, Outlet Boxes and Covers.
Wire Management Systems and Components, Floor Boxes,
Poke-through Fittings, Access Floor Modules, Wall Duct,
Underfloor Duct and Trench Systems.

Accessories
page G215

Tray-Pro Features
page G217

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G205

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Ty-Rap Cable Ties


Ty-Rap Cable Tie Features
Low profile head. Good looks wont snag.
Easy to install. Wont slip. Mechanics grip.
Stainless steel lock. Maintains right tension.
Infinitely adjustable design. Always the right size.
Smooth molded body. Wont cut into insulation.
Ribbed and stippled back. Wont slip on bundle.

Self-Locking Ty-Rap Nylon 6/6 Cable Ties


MAXIMUM
WIRE BUNDLE
DIAMETER
TIE BODY
(INCHES)
WIDTH

CATALOG
NUMBER

TY523M
TY52315M
TY5232M
TY5234M
TY524M
TY5242M
TY526M
TY5244M
TY525M
TY5253M
TY528M
TY5272M
TY527M
TY5275M
TY5277M
TY529M
TY53510M
TY54513M

T&B Cable Tray

0.625
1.500
2.000
4.000
1.125
2.000
3.000
4.000
1.750
3.000
4.000
2.000
3.500
5.000
7.000
9.000
10.00
13.00

0.091
0.091
0.091
0.091
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.184
0.184
0.184
0.301
0.301
0.270
0.270
0.301
0.320
0.320

MIN. TENSILE
HOLDING
LENGTH STRENGTH
(INCHES)
(LBS.)

3.62
7.00
8.00
14.00
5.50
8.19
11.08
14.50
7.31
11.41
14.19
8.00
13.38
18.0
24.3
30.00
35.00
45.00

18
18
18
18
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
120
120
120
120
120
175
175

UNIT
QTY.

STD.
PKG.

WT.
PER
1000

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

1000
500
500
500
1000
500
500
500
1000
500
500
250
500
500
500
500
250
250

2
2
4
4
3
4
4
4
4
5
7
7
14
17
20
23
28
35

The TY-RAP cable tying system incorporates a complete line of cable ties, clamps, bases, and
tools to lower your wire fastening costs. TY-RAPcable ties are infinitely adjustable so youll always
have the right size. They feature a stainless steel locking device in the head to maintain a grip of
steel. To prevent slippage on the bundle, the body is ribbed and stippled.
Cable ties made from natural nylon 6/6 are excellent performers in most applications. Nylon 6/6 is
recommended for use in temperatures ranging from 185F to -40F.

Nylon 6/6 weather resistantblack


MAXIMUM
WIRE BUNDLE
DIAMETER
TIE BODY
(INCHES)
WIDTH

CATALOG
NUMBER

TY523MX
TY52315MX
TY5232MX
TY5234MX
TY524MX
TY5242MX
TY526MX
TY5244MX
TY525MX
TY5253MX
TY528MX
TY5272MX
TY527MX
TY5275MX
TY5277MX
TY529MX
TY53510MX
TY54513MX

0.625
1.500
2.000
4.000
1.125
2.000
3.000
4.000
1.750
3.000
4.000
2.000
3.500
5.000
7.000
9.000
10.00
13.00

0.091
0.091
0.091
0.091
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.184
0.184
0.184
0.301
0.301
0.270
0.270
0.301
0.320
0.320

MIN. TENSILE
HOLDING
LENGTH STRENGTH
(INCHES)
(LBS.)

3.62
7.00
8.00
14.00
5.50
8.19
11.08
14.50
7.31
11.41
14.19
8.00
13.38
18.0
24.3
30.00
35.00
45.00

18
18
18
18
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
120
120
120
120
120
175
175

UNIT
QTY.

STD.
PKG.

WT.
PER
1000

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

1000
500
500
500
1000
500
500
500
1000
500
500
250
500
500
500
500
250
250

2
2
4
4
3
4
4
4
4
5
7
7
14
17
20
23
28
35

The MX series cable ties are recommended for outdoor use. The addition of good ultraviolet
resistance and prolongs the useful life of the cable tie.
For a complete selection refer to the Ty-Rap section of the T&B Catalog.

G206

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Ty-Rap T&B Stainless Steel Cable Ties
Standard Stainless Steel Cable Ties
CATALOG
NUMBER

LENGTH
(INCHES)

SS10-250
SS17-250
SS23-250
SS29-250
SS35-250

10
16.5
22.5
29
35

WIDTH

MIN. TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)

UNIT
QTY.

STD.
PKG.

WT.
PER
100 LBS.

.250
.250
.250
.250
.250

200
200
200
200
200

100
100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

1.1
1.8
2.5
3.2
3.8

Strong, safe, low-profile permanent ties with a unique, patented dual lock. Type 304 Stainless Steel.
Add Suffix (-316) for 316 Stainless Steel.
NOTE: Available in additional lengths and materials on special order, consult Thomas & Betts
customer service.

Mini Stainless Steel Cable Ties


LENGTH
(INCHES)

SS7-180
SS10-180
SS17-180
SS23-180
SS29-180

6.5
10
16.5
22.5
29

WIDTH

MIN. TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)

UNIT
QTY.

STD.
PKG.

WT.
PER
100 LBS.

.177
.177
.177
.177
.177

100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

0.7
0.9
1.4
1.8
2.3

G
T&B Cable Tray

CATALOG
NUMBER

Strong, safe, low-profile permanent ties with a unique, patented dual lock. Type 304 Stainless Steel.
Add Suffix (-316) for 316 Stainless Steel.
NOTE: Available in additional lengths and materials on special order, consult Thomas & Betts
customer service.

Stainless Steel Cable Ties Hand Tool


FOR BODY
WIDTH
(INCHES)

CATALOG
NUMBER

STD.
PKG.

DESCRIPTION

CABLE TIE
WTA250

0.250

Easy to use hand tool applies


tensions and cuts the tie flush

MINI CABLE TIE


WTA290

0.177

Easy to use hand tool applies


tensions and cuts the tie flush

NOTE: Mini installation tool will only apply mini stainless steel ties.
High speed pneumatic tooling is also available for production use. Consult Thomas & Betts
Customer Service.

Heavy Duty Lashing Tie


CATALOG
NUMBER

TY5409

LENGTH
(INCHES)

DIAMETER
RANGE
(INCHES)

TENSILE
STR.
(LB.)

BODY
WIDTH
(INCHES)

19.00

4.75

200

0.500

PACKAGING
STANCARTON
DARD

25

250

WEIGHT
PER
100

Length 19 in.

Ideally suited to indoor or outdoor applications that require strength, durability and ease of
installation. Made from black, ultraviolet resistant nylon, the new tie retains its flexibility over an
extreme temperature range from -40F to 185F. Minimum tensile unlocking strength: 200 lbs.,
width: 0.500 in.

For a complete selection refer to the Ty-Rap section of the T&B Catalog.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G207

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Kindorf B 900 Series Channel


Solid Base

STD
PKG.
QTY.
600
600
600
600
300
300
300
300
300
300
320
320
320
320
160
320
600
600
600
600
600
300
300
300
300
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
300
600
600
600

WEIGHT
PER
CARTON
158
158
107
107
336
336
336
336
336
336
196
196
285
285
277
277
155
154
154
103
102
310
310
310
310
75
75
160
70
70
188
188
142
142
142
91

Green Powder Coated


B-900-10GR
B-900-20GR
B-900-2A-10GR
B-905-10GR
B-905-20GR
B-907-10GR
B-907-20GR

600
600
300
600
600
600
600

158
158
336
154
154
70
70

Pre-Galvanized
B-900-10PG
B-900-20PG
B-900-2A-10PG
B-905-10PG
B-905-20PG
B-907-10PG
B-907-20PG

600
600
300
600
600
600
600

158
158
336
154
154
70
70

B909

Hot Dip Galvanized


B-900-10HD
B-900-20HD
B-905-10HD
B-905-20HD
B-907-10HD
B-907-20HD

600
600
600
600
600
600

160
160
152
152
70
70

B903

Stainless Steel
B-900-10SS
B-900-20SS
B-905-10SS
B-905-20SS
B-907-10SS
B-907-20SS

600
600
600
600
600
600

158
158
154
154
70
70

Aluminum
B-900-AL-10
B-905-AL-10
B-906-AL-10
B-907-AL-10

600
600
600
600

58
56
70
36

PVC Coated
PB-905-10

600

158

B906
B906AL
2A

2B

2D

B900 (12 Ga.)


B900M (14 Ga.)
B900AL
B901

T&B Cable Tray

B902

Punched Base
w" dia. bolt holes on
1d" centers, f" from end.
B907
B907AL

B905 (12Ga.)
B905M (14Ga.)
B905AL

B995 (12 Ga.)


B995M (14 Ga.)

CATALOG
NUMBER
B-900-10
B-900-20
B-900-M-10
B-900-M-20
B-900-2A-10
B-900-2A-20
B-900-2B-10
B-900-2B-20
B-900-2D-10
B-900-2D-20
B-901-10
B-901-20
B-902-10
B-902-20
B-903-10
B-903-20
B-904-10
B-905-10
B-905-20
B-905-M-10
B-905-M-20
B-905-2A-10
B-905-2A-20
B-905-2B-10
B-905-2B-20
B-906-10
B-906-20
B-906-2A-10
B-907-10
B-907-20
B-909-10
B-909-20
B-995-6
B-995-10
B-995-20
B-995-M-10

For a complete selection refer to the Kindorf section of the T&B Catalog.

G208

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Kindorf Structure Metal Fittings

B-915

B-916

B-917

B-918

B-919

G
B-922

B-923

B-924

B-926

B-927

B-928

B-929

B-930

B-933

B-934

B-935

B-936

B-937

B-938

B-939

B-941

B-942

B-943

B-944

B-945

B-946

B-947

B-948

For a complete selection refer to the Kindorf section of the T&B Catalog.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G209

T&B Cable Tray

B-920

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Kindorf Cable Clamps / Nuts


Pipe/Cable Clamp

PIPE/CABLE
O.D. RANGE
c" - d"
d" - f"
f" - 1"
1" - 1b"
1b" - 1d"
1d" - 2"
2" - 2d"
2d" - 3"
3" - 4"
4" - 5"

CATALOG NO.
(Prefix)W-c-PCC
(Prefix)W-d-PCC
(Prefix)W-f-PCC
(Prefix)W-1-PCC
(Prefix)W-1b-PCC
(Prefix)W-1d-PCC
(Prefix)W-2-PCC
(Prefix)W-2d-PCC
(Prefix)W-3-PCC
(Prefix)W-4-PCC

Type PCC Clamps have an adjustable


captive pressure plate which ensures
maximum cable or pipe security. With
only one bolt and one-piece
construction feature, the PCC Clamp
reduces installation time.
The PCC Clamp fits all standard tray
and support systems.

Prefix Selection: AL Aluminum


PG Pre-Galvanized
S4 304 Stainless Steel
S6 316 Stainless Steel

T&B Cable Tray

B-910 SERIES B-911 SERIES


For use with
Self-Holding
all Kindorf
clamping nut
Channels.
with spring
attached. For
use with 1d"
deep channels.

Standard
finish:
Galv-Krom.

Size
(in.)

Thread

20

18

Cat.
No.

Wt.
Cat.
(lbs./C) No.

B-910-1/4

7.5

B-910-1/16 7.3

B-911-1/4

16

13

B-910-3/8

B-910-1/2

9.15

9.9

Wt.
Cat.
(lbs./C) No.

10

B-911-D-3/8 12

B-911-1/2

10

B-911-D-1/2 13

B-912 SERIES
Self-holding
clamping nut
with spring
attached. For
use with f"
deep channels

Wt.
Cat.
(lbs./C) No.

B-911-5/16 8.25
B-911-3/8

B-911-SN
SERIES
Stud nut selfholding
clamping nut
with spring
attached.

B-911-3/8-SN1 12.5

B-914 SERIES
Square nuts
for use with
channel and
spot-type
concrete
inserts.

Wt.
Cat.
(lbs./C) No.

B-912-1/4

B-912-5/16

7.5

B-912-3/8

B-912-1/2

Wt.
(lbs./C)

B-914-1/4

10.5

9.5

B-914-3/8

13.25

9.8

B-914-1/2

14

B-911-3/8-SN2 13
B-911-3/8-SN1 16
B-911-3/8-SN2 17

11

B-914-5/8

14

B-914-3/4

12

10

18**

B-914-3/8P

12

14**

B-914-1/2P

11

*For clamping nuts with spring for 3" deep channels add suffix D" to catalog number.
**Standard Pipe Threads.

B-911-c SN1. Stud: c" Dia., 1" Long. Accepts Kindorf Nuts H-114 (hex), H-116-A (square).
B-911-c SN2. Stud: c" Dia., 1b" Long. Accepts Kindorf Nuts H-114 (hex), H-116-A (square).
B-911-d SN1. Stud: d" Dia., 1" Long. Accepts Kindorf Nuts H-114 (hex), H-116-A (square).
B-911-d SN2. Stud: d" Dia., 1b" Long. Accepts Kindorf Nuts H-114 (hex), H-116-A (square).
For a complete selection refer to the Kindorf section of the T&B Catalog.

G210

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Kindorf Beam Clamps and Brackets

E-160

E-165

E-170

E-177

G
E-231-3/8

E-232-3/8

E-233-3/6-6

E-234-3/8-6

E-235-3/8HD

E-236-3/8SS

E-245

E-760-2

E-761

E-763

E-764

E-765

E-767

E-781

E-782

F-715

F-716

F-720

F-721

For a complete selection refer to the Kindorf section of the T&B Catalog.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G211

T&B Cable Tray

E-230-6

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Kindorf Concrete Inserts / Threaded Rod / Swivel Joints

D-256-2

D-256-2

D-256-5

D-980

D-982

D-986

D-988

D-990

H-260

H-261

H-262

H-272

T&B Cable Tray

H-195

For a complete selection refer to the Kindorf section of the T&B Catalog.

G212

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Superstrut 12 Gauge Channel Type A

CATALOG
NUMBER

STD
PKG.
QTY.

WEIGHT
PER
CARTON

A-1200-10
A-1200-20
A-1200-HS-10
A-1200-HS-20
A-1200-KO-10
A-1200-KO-20
A-1200-P-10
A-1200-P-20
A-1200-S-10
A-1200-S-20

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

181
181
177
177
181
181
177
177
172
172

1e" x 1e"

Solid Base
A1200

Punched
A1200-P

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

181
181
177
177
177
177
172
172

Pre-Galvanized
A-1200-10-PG
A-1200-20-PG
A-1200-HS-10-PG
A-1200-HS-20-PG
A-1200-KO-10-PG
A-1200-KO-20-PG
A-1200-P-10-PG
A-1200-P-20-PG
A-1200-S-10-PG
A-1200-S-20-PG

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

181
181
177
177
190
190
177
177
172
180

Hot Dip Galvanized


A-1200-10-HDG
A-1200-20-HDG
A-1200-HS-10-HDG
A-1200-HS-20-HDG
A-1200-P-10-HDG
A-1200-P-20-HDG
A-1200-S-10-HDG
A-1200-S-20-HDG

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

181
181
185
185
177
185
180
180

Gold Galv
A-1202-10
A-1202-20
A-1202-HS-10
A-1202-HS-20

250
240
250
240

363
363
353
353

Green
A-1202-10-GR
A-1202-20-GR

250
240

380
380

Pre-Galvanized
A-1202-10-PG
A-1202-20-PG
A-1202-HS-10-PG
A-1202-HS-20-PG

250
240
250
250

363
363
380
380

Pre-Galvanized
A-1202-10-HDG
A-1202-20-HDG
A-1202-HS-10-HDG
A-1202-HS-20-HDG

250
240
250
250

363
363
380
380

Slots

A1200-HS

T&B Cable Tray

Green
A-1200-10-GR
A-1200-20-GR
A-1200-HS-10-GR
A-1200-HS-20-GR
A-1200-P-10-GR
A-1200-P-20-GR
A-1200-S-10-GR
A-1200-S-20-GR

Long Slots
A1200-S

Knock-outs
A1200-KO

A-1202

A-1202-B

For a complete selection refer to the Superstrut section of the T&B Catalog.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G213

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Superstrut

S205

S217

S218

S222

S226

S236

T&B Cable Tray

US562

AP235

Q205

AP230

AP232

A570

A570

CM100

For a complete selection refer to the Superstrut section of the T&B Catalog.

G214

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Accessories


Cable Tray Ground Clamp
T&B offers a UL listed cable tray connector to provide a separate grounding
conductor for tray installation.
UL listed #4-2/0 AWG copper.
UL listed 2/0-4/0 AWG Cu/Al.
CATALOG
NUMBER

10105
10109

G
T&B Cable Tray

Cable Tray Clamp


CATALOG
NUMBER

SIZE
(INCHES)

6210*
6212**

d-f
1 - 1b

PACKAGING
STANCARTON
DARD

1
10

WEIGHT
PER
100

50
50

18
44

*UL File No.9809 / **CSA File No. 2884


Material: Steel

Swivel Tray Clamp


PACKAGING
STANCARTON
DARD

WEIGHT
PER
100

CATALOG
NUMBER

SIZE
(INCHES)

6209
6211
6214

d-f
1 - 1b
1d - 2

1
1
1

10
10
5

86
86
97

6216
6218*

2d - 3
3d - 4

1
1

5
5

125
208

*UL File No.9809


Swivel cable tray clamps for aluminum and steel trays with regular or reinforced flanges.
Serrations and biting teeth on clamping saddle provide a high quality bond between conduit
and clamp.
d to 4 inch sizes can be clamped to any position in a 90 arc.
Material: Malleable iron hub.
Steel U-bolt accepts conduit from any angle.
For a complete selection refer to the Steel City Hanger & Clamp section of the T&B Catalog.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G215

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Accessories


Hanger Rod Clamp
These clamps are designed for ladder
tray siderails using d" threaded rod.
They provide a fast and economical
solution for suspended tray
installations.
Purchase 1 assembly for each
threaded rod location.
250 lb. capacity per each assembly.
Uses d" threaded rod (order
separately).

SERIES

CATALOG NO.

Hanger Rod Clamp for Aluminum Tray

AL1-378
AL14
AL24
AL25
AL34
AL35
AL16
AL26
AL36
AL27
AL37

ALW-1-378-HRC
ALW-1-4-HRC
ALW-2-4-HRC
ALW-3-5-HRC
ALW-3-4-HRC
ALW-2-5-HRC
ALW-1-6-HRC
ALW-2-6-HRC
ALW-3-6-HRC
ALW-2-7-HRC
ALW-3-7-HRC

Hanger Rod Clamp for Steel Tray

Hot Dip Galvanized


Pre-Galvanized

HGW-HRC
PGW-HRC

Hanger Rod Clamp for Stainless Steel Tray

T&B Cable Tray

304 Stainless
316 Stainless

S4W-HRC
S6W-HRC

Center Support Bracket


This designed system reduces cable
pulling by allowing access form both
sides. Installation cost and time are
reduced significantly by single point
suspension.
Supplied with all parts.

MATERIAL
HGW
Hot Dip Galvanized

WIDTH CATALOG NO.


18"
HGW-18-CSB
30"
HGW-30-CSB

Uses d" threaded rod (order


separately).
For use with up to 24" wide tray.
Load capacity 700 lbs.

Trapeze Kit
Kit consists of:
1 pc. strut
2 pcs. Hold Down Clips (PGW-HEC or
HGW-HEC)
2 pcs. 38'' x 78'' Hex Head Cap Screw
4 pcs. 38'' Strut Nut
4 pcs. 12'' Hex Nut

WIDTH
6''
9''
12''
18''
24''
30''
36''
42''

CATALOG NO.
(*)-06-TPK
(*)-09-TPK
(*)-12-TPK
(*)-18-TPK
(*)-24-TPK
(*)-30-TPK
(*)-36-TPK
(*)-42-TPK

*Insert HGW for Hot Dip Galvanized


*Insert PGW for Pre-Galvanized

4 pcs. Square Washer

G216

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

Support Systems and Accessories

Cable Tray Support Systems Tray-Pro Features


Thomas & Betts Tray-Pro is an innovative, easy to
use design package for AutoCad 12, AutoCad 13
AutoCad Release 2000 (Windows or DOS).
Now available to download from the internet:
www.members.home.net/ctc/

G
T&B Cable Tray

Features

Single line, 2D and 3D drawing capability.

Automatic bill of material generator with multiple database file merging capability.

Automatic specification generator.

Visual interference checking through 3D.

Open architecture layer control.

Full editing capability.

Automatic cable tray annotation.

Automatic tray support drawing capability.

Design load calculator.

On-line NEC, NEMA and CSA standards help/assistance.

Full detail and accessory library.

Complete and easy to use dialog box interface.

Metric capability.

2003 Thomas & Betts Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

www.tnb.com

G217

You might also like